A uniform wire is cut into 10 segments of increasing length. Each segment is having a resistance of 8Ω more than that of previous segment. If the resistance of shortest segment is R and largest segment is 2 R. The original resistance of wire in ohm.

NEET 2022 Answer Key – NEET 2022 Question, Answer Key and Solutions

NEET 2022 Question, Answer Key, and Solutions

The National Eligibility and Entrance Test (NEET) is an entrance exam for students aspiring to enter top medical schools
in India. NEET 2022 will be held on 17 July 2022 in various cities across the country. This page contains all the latest
information regarding NEET 2022 answer keys and solutions. NEET 2022 Answer Key.

Access Question, Answer Keys, Test Solutions & Video Solutions
of NEET-UG 2022

Access Question, Answer Keys, Test Solutions & Video Solutions of NEET-UG 2022

NEET UG Papers 2022 Question Question & Answers Key Text Solutions English Live Video Solutions
NEET Code-P1
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-P2
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-P3
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-P4
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-P6
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-M1
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-M2
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-M3
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-M4
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-M5
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-M6
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-N1
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-N2
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-N3
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-N4
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-N6
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-O1
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-O2
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-O3
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-O4
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key
NEET Code-O6
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
Coming Soon
NEET 2022 Answer Key

NEET 2022 Answer Key

The NEET is considered one of India’s toughest pre-medical entrance exams. Therefore, students should prepare well for
the exam. Our experts at Infinity Learn
believe
that cracking NEET is as easy as pie if students plan and prepare well. Preparing for NEET by referring to previous
years’ papers is one of the best methods. On our website, you can find previous years’ sample question papers and the
NTA NEET answer key. Bookmark this page – if you are looking for NEET-UG 2022 answer key and solutions.

After the exam is completed, the NTA will make the NEET 2022 answer key and solutions available on the official NEET website. We will bring together the
best NEET educators in India to discuss the answer key of NEET 2022 and solutions on our NEET channel. Our NEET
experts
will come up with a LIVE session for NEET (UG) 2022 solutions that can be viewed by saving this page.

At Infinity Learn, academic experts compile the NEET 2022 Answer Key and NEET Answer Solutions. To stay up-to-date on
the NEET exam question paper and answer keys, we advise students to check this space often.

NEET (UG) 2022 Live Video Solutions, Answer Key, and Text Solutions

Students can find a video featuring our Infinity Learn experts solving the NEET (UG) 2022 exam paper here. Our NEET
experts solve the paper for all three subjects — Physics, Chemistry, and Biology. You can use this video to evaluate
your performance in the NEET 2022 exam. Moreover, you will better understand the exam pattern, the type of question
paper, and the marking scheme. The answer key for the NEET 2022 exam can be found on this page.

Physics

Physics is the study of how matter and energy interact in the universe, exploring the fundamental laws that govern these interactions. It’s a dynamic field, constantly evolving with new discoveries and changing questions. Physics delves into a wide range of topics, from the tiniest particles within matter to the vast forces shaping the cosmos.

For physics enthusiasts and students seeking to explore this fascinating realm, there are numerous resources available. Our physics blog provides insights into various concepts, theories, discoveries, and cutting-edge experiments. With a repository of over 1800+ scholarly articles, it’s a valuable tool for researchers and students, covering diverse subjects from particle physics to astrophysics. These resources offer a deeper understanding of the universe’s governing principles.

Physics

Free Physics Study Materials

NCERT Solutions for Class 12

NCERT Solutions for Class 11

Physics Formulas

Physics Formulas are like recipes for understanding the world around us. For example, F=ma tells us that force (F) equals mass (m) times acceleration (a). E=mc² shows how energy (E) is connected to mass (m) and the speed of light (c). These formulas help scientists unlock the secrets of the universe and make everyday technologies work, from cars to space travel.

Physics Articles

Physics Articles cover a wide range of topics, from quantum mechanics to astrophysics. They explore the fundamental principles of the universe, delving into concepts like relativity, particle physics, and thermodynamics. These articles often reveal groundbreaking discoveries, such as the Higgs boson or gravitational waves, reshaping our understanding of the cosmos. They provide insights into the intricate workings of the natural world, inspiring curiosity and innovation.

Physics Topics

Physics explores the fundamental laws governing the universe. Physics Topics range from classical mechanics, which describes motion and forces, to quantum mechanics, uncovering the behavior of particles at the smallest scales. Relativity theory explains spacetime and gravity’s nature, while thermodynamics delves into energy and entropy. Modern physics investigates phenomena like dark matter, black holes, and the elusive unified theory.

Differences Between Articles in Physics

Differences and comparison articles in Physics, also known as articles that highlight distinctions, are valuable tools for contrasting two concepts and gaining a deeper understanding of them.

Physics Important Topics

Understanding physics important topics is crucial for mastering the fundamental principles that govern the universe. From mechanics and electromagnetism to quantum mechanics and relativity, these key areas encompass the core concepts that shape our understanding of the physical world and drive advancements in science and technology.

Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) on Physics

[sc_fs_multi_faq headline-0=”h3″ question-0=”Is physics is so difficult?” answer-0=”Physics can be challenging, but with dedication and practice, it becomes more manageable.” image-0=”” headline-1=”h3″ question-1=”Who is father of physics?” answer-1=”Sir Isaac Newton is often referred to as the father of physics for his foundational contributions to the field.” image-1=”” headline-2=”h3″ question-2=”Why is it called physics?” answer-2=”Physics is called physics because the term originates from the Greek word physikos, which means natural.” image-2=”” headline-3=”h3″ question-3=”Why physics is called King of science?” answer-3=”Physics is known as the king of sciences because it underlies and explains the fundamental laws of nature governing all other branches of science.” image-3=”” headline-4=”h3″ question-4=”How to pass physics?” answer-4=”To succeed in physics, focus on understanding concepts, practice problem-solving, seek help when needed, and stay consistent in your studies.” image-4=”” count=”5″ html=”true” css_class=””]

pdf download

Do you need help with your Homework? Are you preparing for Exams? Study without Internet (Offline)
×

    Download PDF. Study without Internet (Offline)


    +91

    Verify OTP Code (required)

    [dynamictext current-page-url "CF7_URL"]


    I agree to the terms and conditions and privacy policy.

    Misk Foundation - VA Report - Document 2

    Electro Chemistry Questions for CBSE Class 12th

    In which of the following cells E cell = E cell ∘ ?

    Which of the following statement is correct?

    The reaction which occur in the Galvanic cell is MnO 4 − + 8 H + + 5 Fe 2 + ⟶ Mn 2 + + 5 Fe 3 + + 4 H 2 O E ∘ MnO 4 − , Mn 2 + , H + ∣ Pt = 1 .51 V and E ∘ Fe 3 + , Fe 2 + ∣ Pt = 0 .77 V (Q). The other concentrations are kept at unity except reducing Mn 2 + to 0.50 M, the emf of the cell is increased by

    Find out which of the following is the strongest oxidising agent?

    E cell o for some half-cell reactions are given below. (i) H + ( aq ) + e − ⟶ 1 2 H 2 ( g ) ; E cell ∘ = 0 .00 V (ii) 2 H 2 O ( l ) ⟶ O 2 ( g ) + 4 H + ( aq ) + 4 e − ; E cell ∘ = 1 .23 V (iii) 2 SO 4 2 − ( aq ) ⟶ S 2 O 8 2 − ( aq ) + 2 e − ; E cell ∘ = 1 .96 V On the basis of these mark the correct answer.

    Name the cell given in the figure.

    Molar conductivity of ionic solution depends on …….

    The electrochemical cell shown below is a concentration cell. M / M 2 + (saturated solution of a sparingly soluble salt MX 2 ∥ M 2 + 0 .00001 mol dm − 3 / M The emf of the cell depends on the difference in concentration of M 2+ ions at the two electrodes. The emf of the cell at 298 is 0.059 V. The value of ΔG kJ mol − 1 for the given cell is (take 1 F = 96500 C mol − 1 )

    Electrolysis of aq. K 2 SO 4 using inert electrodes is carried out by passing 9650 coulombs. Weight of the substance obtained at cathode is

    Consider the half-cell reduction reaction Mn 2 + + 2 e – Mn , E ° = – 1 . 18 V Mn 2 + Mn 3 + + e – , E ° = – 1 . 51 V The E ° for the reaction 3 Mn 2 + Mn 0 + 2 Mn 3 + , and possibility of the forward reaction are respectively

    How many gram of cobalt metal will be deposited when a solution of cobalt(II) chloride is electrolyzed with a current of 10 amperes for 109 minutes (1 Faraday=96,500 C Atomic mass of Co=59 u)

    Identify the reaction from following having top position in EMF series (Std. red. potential) according to their electrode potential at 298 K.

    Which one of the following is a semiconductor

    Which of the following is best conductor of electricity?

    The conductivity of a saturated solution of B a S O 4 is 3 . 06 × 10 – 6 ohm – 1 cm – 1 and its equivalent conductance is 1 . 53 ohm – 1 cm – 1 equivalent – 1 . The K sp of the BaSO 4 will be

    Cost of electricity to deposit 108 grams of Aluminium is ‘X’. Cost of electricity to deposit 48 grams of Magnesium would be

    In the given reaction, 2 Cu + ( aq ) ⇌ Cu 2 + ( aq ) + Cu ( s ) E Cu + / Cu ∘ = 0 .6 V and E Cu 2 + / Cu ∘ = 0 .41 V Find out the equilibrium constant.

    Which of the following statement is true for molar conductivity?

    The resistance of the cell containing KCI solution at 23 o C was found to be 55 Ω . Its cell constant is 0.616 cm-l. The conductivity of KCI solution Ω − 1 cm − 1 is.

    The Gibbs energy for the decomposition of Al 2 O 3 at 500 o C is as follows 2 3 Al 2 O 3 ⟶ 4 3 Al + O 2 ; Δ r G = + 960 kJ mol − 1 The potential difference needed for the electrolytic reduction of aluminium oxide (Al 2 O 2 ) at 500 o C is atleast

    Which of the following equation(s) is/are incorrect?

    Select the correct statement(s) for the weak electrolyte.

    Consider the following statements about the application of electro chemical series. I. Comparison of relative oxidising and reducing powers of substances. Il. Prediction of evolution of hydrogen during reaction of a metal with acid. III. Prediction of spontaneity of a redox reaction. IV. Calculation of amount of metal deposited at cathode. The true statement(s) is/are

    Match Column I with Column II related to the figure given below and then select the appropriate option from the codes given below. Column I Column II A. Figure represents 1. Reduction B. O 2 ( g ) + 4 H + ( aq ) + 4 e − ⟶ 2 H 2 O ( l ) 2. Corrosion of iron of atmosphere C. Fe ( s ) ⟶ Fe 2 + ( aq ) + 2 e − 3. Oxidation D. 2 Fe 2 + ( aq ) + 2 H 2 O ( l ) + 1 2 O 2 ⟶ Fe 2 O 3 + 4 H + ( aq )

    The incorrect statement about lead storage battery is

    Statement 1 : The electrode may be negatively charged or positively charged, with respect to solution. Statement 2 : Metal atom of electrode has tendency to go into solution as ion and leave behind the electron at the electrode.

    Statement 1 : DC can not be used during measurement of resistance of an ionic solution. Statement 2 : DC changes the composition of solution and solution cannot be connected to the bridge like metallic wire.

    Match the following Column I with units given in Column II and choose the correct option from the codes given below. Column I Column II A. Resistivity 1. ohm – 1 B. Conductance 2. ohm m C. Conductivity 3. S cm – 1

    I. Metallic electrodes are dipped into electrolyte. II. Half-cells are connected by metallic wire through voltmeter and switch. III.There is no need of salt bridge if the electrodes are dip in the same electrolyte. Which of the following statements is/are true for the above diagram? Choose the correct option.

    What will happen to pH of brine solution if electrolysed?

    Calculate the time required to deposite 2 x 10 -3 cm thick layer of silver (density 1.05 g cm -3 ) on the surface of area 1 00 cm -3 by passing a current of 10 A through silver nitrate solution?

    The true statement about mercury cell is

    Flow of electron is from

    An electrochemical cell can behave like an electrolytic cell when ………

    A 4.0 M aqueous solution of NaCl is prepared and 500 mL of this solution is electrolysed. This leads to evolution of chlorine gas at one of the electrodes. (Q) Calculate the number of moles of chlorine gas evolved during the electrolysis.

    While charging the lead storage battery.

    Two Faraday of electricity is passed through a solution of CuSO 4 . The mass of copper deposited at the cathode is (atomic mass of Cu = 63.5 u)

    Molar conductance of 2 M strong electrolyte AB is ‘ X ‘ mho cm 2 mole – 1 . Specific conductivity of the solution at the same temperature is 0.09 mho cm -1 . Value of ‘X’ is

    An aqueous solution of Na 2 SO 4 in water is electrolysed using Pt electrodes. The products at the cathode and anode are respectively :

    Cadmium amalgam is prepared by electrolysis of a solution of CdCl 2 , using a mercury cathode. How long should a current of 4 A be passed in order to prepare 10% by wt. Cd in Cd-Hg amalgam on cathode of 4.5 g Hg? (atomic wt. of Cd : 112)

    At equilibrium :

    Pure water does not conduct electricity because it :

    A conductance cell was filled with a 0.02 M KCI solution which has a specific conductance of 2.768 x 10 -3 ohm -1 cm -1 .If its resistance is 82.4 ohm at 25 o C, the cell constant is:

    what is the equivalent conductivity (S cm 2 eq -1 ; of 0.001M H 2 SO 4 (aq.) solution at 298 K? 1f measured conductivity of H 2 SO 4 (aq.) solution was found to be 8 x10 -4 ohm -1 cm -1 .

    Which of the following is arranged in increasing order of ionic mobility ?

    When 0.1 mol M n O 4 2 – is oxidised, the quantity of electricity required to completely oxidise M n O 4 2 – to M n O 4 1 – is

    The weight of silver (at. wt. = 108 ) displaced by a quantity of electricity which displaces 5600 mL of O 2 at STP will be

    In the electrochemical cell : Zn ZnSO 4 ( 0 .01 M ) ∥ CuSO 4 ( 1 .0 M ) Cu the emf of this Daniel cell is E 1 . When the concentration of ZnSO 4 is changed to 1.0 M and that of CuSO 4 changed to 0.01 M,the emf changes to E 2 . From the following, which one is the relationship between E 1 and E 2 (Given, RT/F = 0.059)

    Two amperes of current is passed through acidulated water for ‘t’ seconds to decompose 18 grams of water . Value of ‘t’ is equal to

    Reduction potential of Hydrogen electrode is minimum when it is in contact with

    Number of electrons required to deposit 56 grams of Iron from molten FeCl 3 will be

    Given, Λ m o   H 2 SO 4 =    x   Scm 2    mole − 1 ; Λ m o   K 2 SO 4 =    y   Scm 2    mole − 1 ;     Λ m o   CH 3 COOK =    z   Scm 2    mole − 1 Λ m o   CH 3 COOH will be Scm 2    mole − 1

    Which one of the following aqueous solution when subjected to electrolysis using inert electrodes shows change in concentration without any change in composition.

    Equivalent conductance of Ba + 2     and    Cl − ions at infinite dilution are 127 mho cm 2 geq – 1 and 76 mho cm 2 geq – 1 respectively. Equivalent conductance of BaCl 2 at infinite dilution is mho cm 2 geq – 1 .

    Molar conductance of decimolar electrolyte is ‘ X ‘    mhocm 2 mole − 1 . Specific conductance would be mhocm – 1

    X and Y respectively

    Statement–I: 0.1 M HCl is a better conductor than 0.1 M NaCl Statement-II: Molar conductance of CH 3 COOH increases with increase in dilution.

    Cost of Electricity to deposit one gram of Hydrogen is Rs 200. Cost of Electricity to deposit six grams of Magnesium will be

    2F of electricity can decompose ————— moles of acidulated water

    Which of the following is a strong electrolyte ?

    The S.R.Ps of Cu 2+ /Cu, Hg 2+ / Hg and Zn 2+ /Zn are respectively 0.34V, 0.85 V and – 0.76 V. The wrong statement is

    The E M + 3 | M + 2 0 values for Cr, Mn, Fe and Co are – 0.41, + 1.57V, + 0.77 and + 1.97V respectively. For wihch one of these metals the change in oxidation sate from + 2 to + 3 is easiest?

    Based on the data given below, the correct order of reducing power is :

    The reference electrode is made by using

    The following cell is found to have EMF equal to zero. Pt, H 2 (x atm) | 0.01MH + || 0.1MH + | H 2 (y atm), Pt . The ratio x y is

    The relationship between free energy and electrode potential is

    The EMF of a cell formed by combining a particular electrode with standard calomel electrode is found to be 0.344 V and calomel electrode is found to act as cathode. If the same electrode is combined with standard hydrogen electrode, the EMF of the cell will be (Given standard reduction potential, E 0 Calomel = + 0 . 244 V )

    Given E Cr + 3 / Cr 0 = – 0 . 72 V ; E Fe 2 + / F e 0 = – 0 . 42 V The potential for the cell, Cr|Cr 3+ (0.1M||Fe 2+ (0.01M| Fe is

    The potential of hydrogen electrode is –118 mV. The H + concentration of the solution is

    The number of coulombs required to deposit 5.4 g. of Aluminium when the given electrode reaction is represented as Al 3 + + 3 e – Al

    Consider the following four electrodes: A = Cu 2+ (0.0001 M)/Cu (s) B = Cu 2+ (0.1 M)/Cu (s) C = Cu 2+ (0.01 M)/Cu (s) D = Cu 2+ (0.001 M)/Cu (s) If the standard reduction potential of Cu is + 0.34V, the reduction potentials (in volts) of the above electrodes follow the order

    One coulomb of charge passes through solutions of AgNO 3 and CuSO 4 . The ratio of the amounts of silver and copper deposited on platinum electrodes used for electrolysis is

    Electric charge on 1gm ion of N 3– is

    One Faraday of electricity is passed separately through one litre of one molar aqueous solutions of (i) AgNO 3 (ii) SnCl 4 and (iii) CuSO 4 . The number of moles of Ag, Sn and Cu deposited at cathode are respectively

    When an electric current is passed through acidulated water, 112 ml of hydrogen gas at NTP is collected at the cathode in 965 seconds. The current passed in amperes is

    During the electorlysis of cryolite, aluminium and fluorine are formed in ….. molar ratio

    Time required to deposit one millimole of aluminium metal by the passage of 9.65 amperes through aqueous solution of aluminium ions is

    The conductivity of 0.001 M acetic acid is 5 × 10 –5 S cm –1 and is 390.5 S cm 2 mol –1 then the calculated value of dissociation constant of acetic acid would be

    The limiting molar conductivities λ o for NaCl, KBr an KCl are 126, 152 and 150 S. cm 2 mol –1 respectively. Then λ o for NaBr is

    965 amp current is passed through molten metal chloride for one minute and 40 seconds during electrolysis. The mass of metal deposited is 9 gm at the cathode. The valency of metal atom (at.wt = 27) is

    Molar conductivity of a solution is 1.26 × 10 2 Ω – 1 cm 2 mol –1 . Its molarity is 0.01M. Its specific conductivity will be

    What is the approximate quantity of electricity in coulombs required to deposit all the silver from 500 ml 1M AgNO 3 aqueous solution ? (At. wt. of Ag = 108)

    The specific conductance of 0.1N KCl solution at 23 0 C is 0.012 ohm –1 cm –1 . The resistance of cell containing the solution at the same temperature was found to be 55 ohm. The cell constant will be

    At 25 0 C, the ionic mobility of CH 3 COO – , H + are respectively 4.1 × 10 -4 , 3.63 × 10 -3 cm /sec. The conductivity of 0.001M CH 3 COOH is 5 × 10 -5 S.cm -1 . Dissociation constant of CH 3 COOH is

    Equivalent conductance ( λ ) vs concentration graphs are given for some electrolytes X, Y and Z. Here X, Y and Z are respectively

    The resistance of 0.05M KCl solution at 25 0 C is 100 ohm in a cell whose cell constant is 0.3765cm –1 . The specific conductivity of KCl solution is

    The EMF of the following cells are Cu|Cu 2+ (1M) || Ag + (1M) | Ag, E o = 0.46 V Zn | Zn 2+ (1M) || Cu 2+ (1M) | Cu, E o = 1.10V The EMF of the cell Zn|Zn 2+ (1M)|| Ag + (1M) | Ag will be

    For the following cell Zn / Zn 2+ // Cd 2+ / Cd E cell = 0.30V and E 0 cell = 0.36V. Then the value of [Cd 2+ ] / [Zn 2+ ] is

    The standard electrode potential of the two half cells are given below Ni + 2 + 2 e – Ni ; E 0 = – 0 . 25 Volt Zn + 2 + 2 e – Zn ; E 0 = – 0 . 77 volt The voltage of cell formed by combining the two half cells would be

    A cell constructed by coupling a standard copper electrode and a standard magnesium electrode has emf of 2.7 volts. If the standard reduction potential of copper electrode is + 0.34 volt, that of magnesium electrode is

    In the electrochemical conversion (Kolbe’s eletrolysis) of R–COONa to R–R, 1A current was passed for 965 seconds. Calculate the amount of R–R formed in this process (Faraday constant = 96,500 C mol –1 )

    Aluminium displaces hydrogen from dilute HCl whereas silver does not. The e.m.f. of a cell prepared by combining Al/Al 3+ and Ag/Ag + is 2.46 V. The reduction potential of silver electrode is + 0.80 V. The reduction potential of aluminium electrode is

    The solution of nickel sulphate in which nickel rod is dipped is diluted 10 times. The potential of nickel

    The standard reduction potentials for the two half-cell reactions are given below : The standard free energy change for the reaction is given by

    The standard EMF for the cell reaction, Zn + Cu 2 + Cu + Zn 2 + is 1.1 volt at 25 0 C. The EMF for the cell reaction, when 0.1 M Cu 2+ and 0.1 M Zn 2+ solutions are used, at 25 0 C is

    E 0 for F 2 + 2 e – 2 F – is 2.8 E 0 for 1 2 F 2 + e – F – is

    E 0 for the reaction Fe + Zn 2 + Zn + Fe 2 + is – 0.35 V. The given cell reaction is

    The standard potentials (E 0 ) for the half reactions are as the emf for the cell reaction is

    Deduce from the following E° values of half cells, what combination of two half cells would result in a cell with the largest potential? I) A A + + e ; E° = –0.24V II) B – B + e ; E° = –2.1V III) C C 2 + + 2 e ; E° = –0.38V IV) D 2 – D – + e ; E° = –0.59V

    The half cell reactions for the corrosion are, 2 H + + 1 2 O 2 + 2 e – H 2 O ; E 0 = 1.23V Fe 2 + + 2 e – Fe ( s ) ; E 0 = – 0.44V. Find the ΔG 0 (in kJ) for the overall reaction

    The standard reduction potentials of Ag, Cu, Co and Zn are 0.799, 0.337, –0.277 and – 0.762V respectively. Which of the folloing cells will have maximum cell e.m.f.?

    E o of Fe|Fe 2+ is +0.44V, E o of Cu|Cu 2+ is –0.32V. Then in the cell

    The standard reduction potentials of Zn 2+ | Zn, Cu 2+ |Cu and Ag + |Ag are respectively – 0.76, 0.34 and 0.8V. The following cells were constructed a) Zn / Zn 2+ // Cu 2+ / Cu b) Zn / Zn 2+ // Ag + / Ag c) Cu / Cu 2+ // Ag + / Ag What is the correct order of E 0 cell of these cells ?

    The standard Potentials at 25 0 C for the half reactions are given against them below: Zn 2 + + 2 e – Zn ; E 0 = – 0 . 762 V Mg 2 + + 2 e – Mg ; E 0 = – 2 . 37 V When Zn dust is added to a solution of MgCl 2

    The standard reduction potential at 298K for the following half cell reaction Which of the following is strongest reducing agent?

    Statement I : Rusting of iron can be prevented by coating the Iron article with zinc. Statement II : SRP of Zn +2 /Zn is more negative than SRP of Fe +2 /Fe

    Statement I : Molar conductance increases with increase in dilution for strong electrolyte Statement II : As dilution increases, inter ionic attractions decreases in strong electrolytes

    Statement I : Electrolysis of Brine solution using inert electrodes liberates H 2 at cathode Statement II : SRP of value of NHE is greater than SRP value of Na + /Na

    Statement I : Rusting of iron increases with decrease in pH. Statement II : Reduction of O 2 is favoured at lower P H

    Statement I : Life span of Daniel cell can be increased by increasing the size of zinc electrode Statement II : Emf of a galvanic cell varies with concentration of electrolyte

    Statement I : Under standard conditions, Emf of Li-F 2 couple is maximum Statement II : SRP value of Li + /Li is most negative and SRP of Pt,F 2 /F – is most positive

    Statement I : During electrolysis of aqueous CuSO 4 using Pt electrodes, p H progressively decreases Statement II : Electrolysis of aqueous CuSO 4 using Pt electrodes, the solution becomes acidic due to the formation of H 2 SO 4

    An electric current is passed through silver nitrate solution using silver elecrodes. 10.79 g of silver was found to be deposited on the cathode. If the same amount of electricity is passed through copper sulphate solution using copper electrodes, the weight of copper deposited on the cathode is

    The equilibrium constant for the reaction : : E 0 = 0.46 V at 298 K is

    Standard electrode potential of three metals X, Y and Z are –1.2 V, +0.5 V and –3.0 V respectively. The reducing power of these metals will be

    Al 2 O 3 is reduced by electrolysis at low potentials and high currents. If 4.0 × 10 4 amperes of current is passed through molten Al 2 O 3 for 6 hours. What mass of aluminium is produced ? (Assume 100% current efficiency. At mass of Al = 27g mol –1 )

    For the cell reaction at 298 K. The standard Gibbs energy of the cell reaction is [Given that Faraday constant F = 96500Cmol –1 ]

    A button cell used in watches functions as If half cell potentials are The cell potential will be

    Kohlrausch’s law is applicable

    The Gibbs energy for the decomposition of Al 2 O 3 at 500 0 C is as follows The voltage needed for the electrolytic reduction of aluminium oxide (Al 2 O 3 ) at 500 0 C is at least

    Which of the following is the strongest oxidising agent ?

    The arrangement of metals from more reactive to less reactive gives us a series known as

    Aqueous solution of copper sulphate is subjected to electrolysis using Pt electrodes. False statement about this process is

    Molar conductance of an electrolyte A 3 B 2 is ‘X’ mho cm 2 mole -1 . Equivalent conductance of A 3 B 2 will be . . . mho cm 2 geq -1

    Aqueous solution of ‘X’ is electrolyzed using inert electrodes. Hydrogen is liberated at cathode and oxygen is liberated at anode. ‘X’ is

    Aqueous solution of CuSO 4 is subjected to electrolysis using copper electrodes. Correct statement about the process is

    For the generation of electrical potential of 1.1 V, the ideal concentration of zinc and copper ion (in mol dm -3 ) in the Galvanic cell is

    Select the incorrect statement

    Select the correct statement(s) for the given reaction. Cu s + 2 Ag + aq Cu 2 + aq + 2 Ag s

    Select the incorrect statement about standard hydrogen electrode.

    Which of the following statement(s) is/are true regarding to the cell constant?

    E cell o of the reaction is Zn ( s ) + Cu 2 + ( aq ) Zn 2 + aq + Cu ( s ) ; If E Zn 2 + / Zn o = – 0 . 76 , E Cu 2 + / Cu o = 0 . 34 V

    What happens to the composition of metallic conductor when electron enters at one end and go out through other end?

    Standard electrode potential (reduction potential) becomes equal to cell potential, when

    Select the incorrect statement

    In a Galvanic cell

    KCI solution is generally used to determine the cell constant because

    In the reaction of copper with nitric acid,

    Which of the following statement is incorrect?

    Which of the following information(s) is/are false for this figure?

    Calculate the standard Gibbs free energy of Zn ( s ) + Cu 2 + ( aq ) ⟶ Zn 2 + ( aq ) + Cu ( s ˙ )

    At 25 o C, molar conductance of 0.1 molar aqueous solution of ammonium hydroxide is 9 . 54 Ω – 1 cm 2 mol – 1 and at infinite dilution, its molar conductance is 238 ohm – 1 cm 2 mol – 1 . The degree of ionisation of ammonium hydroxide at the same concentration a4d temperature is

    Resistance of 0.2 M solution of an electrolyte is 50 Ω . The specific conductance of the solution is 1.3 Sm -1 .If resistance of the 0.4 M solution of the same electrolyte is 260 Ω ,its molar conductivity is

    Molar conductivities Λ m ∘ at infinite dilution of NaCl, HCI and CH 3 COONa are 126.4,425.9 and 91.0 S cm 2 mol -1 respectively. Λ m ∘ for CH 3 COOH will be

    The reactions involved during rusting of iron are

    Given, E Ni 2 + / Ni = 0 .25 V ∘ , E Cu 2 + / Cu = 0 .34 V ∘ E Ag + / Ag = 0 .80 V ∘ and E Zn 2 + / Zn = − 0 .76 V ∘ Which of the following reactions under standard condition will not take place in the specified direction?

    Which of the following statements is/are false for the given figure?

    Consider the following statements. I. Lower the value of E o , more will be the reducing power. II. If E o = -ve hydrogen gas is more stable than the reduced form of the species. III. Lithium has the lowest electrode potential. IV. Lithium ion is the weakest oxidising agent. The correct statements are

    Match the following columns. Column I Column II A. Fe 3 + and I − p. E cell ∘ = + ve B. Fe 3 + and Br − q. ΔG ∘ = + ve C. Zn and H + r. E cell ∘ = − E electrode ∘ D. Br and Fe 2 + s. ΔG ∘ = − ve Given, E Fe 3 + / Fe 2 + ∘ = 0 .77 , E 1 2 I 2 / 1 − ∘ = + 0 .54 E 1 / 2 Br 2 / Br − = 1 .09 , E Zn 2 + / Zn ∘ ∘ = − 0 .76

    Statement 1 : Solid NaCl does not conduct electricity. Statement 2 : Solid NaCl has no free ions.

    Statement 1 :Electrical conductance through metals is called electronic conductance. Statement 2 : This is due to movement of electrons.

    Statement 1 : Stainless steel undergoes rusting. Statement 2 : Chromium forms an oxide layer over the stainless steel.

    Statement 1 : Copper sulphate solution is stored in zinc pot. Statement 2 :Zinc is more reactive than copper so it displaces copper from copper sulphate solution.

    Which of the following reaction is preferred at anode during the electrolysis of H 2 SO 4 at higher concentration?

    Statement 1 : Pure water conduct electricity. Statement 2 : It is unionised.

    When aqueous sodium chloride solution is electrolysed

    Galvanisation is

    The incorrect statement related to batteries is

    Match the following columns. Column I (Substance) Column II (Product after electrolysis) A. Aqueous solution of AgNO 3 using Ag electrodes p. Oxygen is produced at anode B. Aqueous solution of AgNO 3 using Pt electrodes q. Hydrogen is produced at cathode C. Dilute solution of H 2 SO 4 using Pt electrodes r.. Silver is deposited at cathode D. Aqueous solution of CuCl 2 using Pt electrodes s. Neither O 2 nor H 2 is produced

    The reaction which occur in the Galvanic cell is MnO 4 − + 8 H + + 5 Fe 2 + ⟶ Mn 2 + + 5 Fe 3 + + 4 H 2 O E ∘ MnO 4 − , Mn 2 + , H + ∣ Pt = 1 .51 V and E ∘ Fe 3 + , Fe 2 + ∣ Pt = 0 .77 V (Q) How would the emf of the cell be increased above the standard emf ?

    Find out the correct statement.

    A 4.0 M aqueous solution of NaCl is prepared and 500 mL of this solution is electrolysed. This leads to evolution of chlorine gas at one of the electrodes. Find out the maximum weight of amalgam formed from the solution [if cathode is Hg].

    Calculate the molar conductivity of 0.2 mol L -1 KCl solution.

    NaCl aqueous solution on electrolysis gives H 2 ( g ) , Cl 2 ( g ) and NaOH . 2 Cl − ( aq ) + 2 H 2 O ⟶ 2 OH − ( aq ) + H 2 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) . In 20 L of NaCl solution (20% by weight), current of 25. A with 62% of current efficiency is passed. Which of the following reaction will occur at anode?

    Using the data given below find out the strongest reducing agent. E ⊖ Cr 2 O 7 2 − / Cr 3 + = 133 V ; E ⊖ Cl 2 / Cl − = 1 .36 V E ⊖ MnO 4 − / Mn 2 + = 1 .51 V ; E ⊖ Cr 3 + / Cr = − 0 .74 V

    For the given cell, Mg Mg 2 + ∥ Cu 2 + Cu

    Cell potential of commonly used mercury cell is

    Statement 1: Mercury cell does not give steady potential. Statement 2: In the cell reaction, ions are not involved in solution.

    Statement 1: E cell should have a positive value for the cell to function. Statement 2: E cathode < E anode

    Statement 1: Current stops flowing when E cell = 0 . Statement 2: Equilibrium of the cell reaction is attained.

    E cell o = 1 . 1 V for Daniell cell. Which of the following expressions are correct description of state of equilibrium in this cell?

    Statement 1: Copper sulphate can be stored in zinc vessel. Statement 2: Zinc is less reactive than copper.

    Statement 1 : Λ m for weak electrolytes shows a sharp increase, when the electrolytic solution is diluted. Statement 2 : For weak electrolytes degree of dissociation increases with dilution of solution.

    Match the items of Column I and Column II on the basis of data given below. E F 2 / F − ∘ = 2 .87 V , E Li + / Li ∘ = − 3 .5 V , E Au 3 + / Au ∘ = 1 .4 V , E Br 2 / Br − ∘ = 1 .09 V Column I Column II A F 2 1. Metal is the strongest reducing agent. B Li 2. Metal ion which is the weakest oxidising agent. C Au 3+ 3. Non-metal which is the best oxidising agent. D Br – 4. Unreactive metal. E Au 5. Anion that can be oxidised by Au 3+ . F Li + 6. Anion which is the weakest reducing agent. G F – 7. Metal ion which is an oxidising agent.

    Statement 1: For measuring resistance of an ionic solution, an AC source is used. Statement 2: Concentration of ionic solution will change if DC source is used.

    Match the terms given in Column I with the items given in Column II. Column I Column II A. Λ m 1. Intensive property B. E cell ∘ 2. Depends on number of ions/volume C. K 3. Extensive property D. Δ r G cell 4. Increases with dilution

    Given E Cr 3 + / Cr ∘ = 0 .74 V ; E MnO 4 − / Mn 2 + ∘ = 1 .51 V E Cr 2 O 7 2 − / Cr 3 + = 1 .33 V ; E Cl / Cl − ∘ = 1 .36 V Based on the data given above strongest oxidising agent will be

    Which of the following reactions are feasible, if the electrode potential are E o I 2 / I – = 0 . 54 V , E o Fe 3 + / Fe 2 + = 0 . 77 V , E o Ag + / Ag = 0 . 8 V and E o Cu 2 + / Cu = 0 . 34 V

    Arrange the following metals in the order in which they displace each other from the solution of their salts Al, Cu, Fe, Mg and Zn.

    If the molar conductivities at infinite dilution of NH 4 CI, NaOH and NaCl respectively are 120.8, 210.4 and 110 S cm 2 mo1 -1 . Then the limiting molar conductivity of NH 4 OH is equal to

    For E o Zn 2 + / zn = – 0. 76 V the E.M.F of the cell Pt ( s ) H 2 ( g ) ( lbar ) H + ( aq ) 1 M | | Zn 2 + ( aq ) 1 ( M ) ∣ Zn will be

    Electrolysis of aq. K 2 SO 4 using inert electrodes is carried out by passing 19300 coulombs. Weight of the substance obtained at anode is

    Electrolysis of aq. K 2 SO 4 using inert electrodes is carried out by passing 100 amperes for 965 seconds. Volume of the substance obtained at cathode(at STP) is

    Molar conductance of decimolar strong electrolyte AB is 360 mho cm 2 mole – 1 . Specific conductivity of the solution at the same temperature would be——- mho m -1

    Molar conductance of 2 M strong electrolyte AB is ‘ X ‘ mho cm 2 mole – 1 . Specific conductivity of the solution at the same temperature is 0.09 mho cm -1 . Value of ‘X’ is

    Cell notation of a galvanic cell is represented as Ni ( s ) / Ni + 2 ( M 1 ) / / Cl – ( M 2 ) / / 1 2 Cl 2 ( 1 atm ) , Pt ( s ) . Emf of the cell is minimum when the values of M 1 and M 2 are

    Cell notation of a galvanic cell is represented as Ni ( s ) / Ni + 2 ( M 1 ) / / Cl – ( M 2 ) / / 1 2 Cl 2 ( 1 atm ) , Pt ( s ) . Emf of the cell is minimum when the values of M 1 and M 2 are

    Oxidation potential of hydrogen electrode is least when it is in contact with a solution of

    Oxidation potential of hydrogen electrode is maximum when it is in contact with a solution of

    Oxidation potential of hydrogen electrode is minimum when it is in contact with a solution of

    Electrolytes when dissolved in water dissociate into ions because :

    The amount of an ion liberated on an electrode during electrolysis does not depend upon :

    A highly concentrate solution of potassium sulphate in water is electrolysed using inert electrodes. The products at the cathode and anode are respectively.

    The passage of current through a solution of certain electrolyte results in the evolution of H 2 (g) at cathode and Cl 2 (g) at anode. The electrolytic solution is :

    Total charge required for the oxidation of two moles Mn 3 O 4 into MnO 4 2- in presence of alkaline medium is :

    The electrolysis of a solution resulted in the formation of H 2 (g) at the cathode and O 2 (g) at the anode. The solution is :

    In the commercial preparation of aluminum, aluminum oxide (Al 2 O 3 ) is electrolyzed at 1000 o C. How many coulombs of electricity are required to give 54 kg of aluminum? Assume following reaction takes place at cathode : Al 3 + + 3 e − ⟶ Al

    Which is correct statement about the electrolysis of aqueous solution of CuSO 4 with copper cathode and Pt anode?

    A salt bridge contains :

    Standard electrode potential of SHE at 298 K is :

    When a concentrated solution of an electrolyte is diluted?

    The specific conductance of a saturated solution of silver bromide is k scm -1 . The limiting ionic conductivity of Ag + and Br – ions are x and y, respectively The solubility of silver bromide in gL -1 is : (molar mass of AgBr = 188)

    Oxidation potential of Hydrogen electrode in contact with 0.05 M H 2 SO 4 solution is

    Reduction potential of Iron electrode in contact with 0.01M FeSO 4 solution is E Fe + 2 / Fe o   =   − 0 .44 V

    Given E Zn + 2 / Zn o   =   − 0 .76 V ;    E F e 2 + / Fe o =    − 0 .44 V ; E Sn + 2 / Sn o   =   − 0 .14 V . Identify the correct statement from the following

    Calculate emf of a cell Ag(s) / Ag + (1M) / Mg + 2 (1M) / Mg(s) and also predict the spontaneity of cell reaction. E Ag + / Ag 0 =   + 0 .8 V ;    E Mg + 2 / Mg o =   − 2 .37 V

    Reaction Emf Gibbs free energy H 2   +   Cl 2     2 HCl E 1 ΔG 1 1 2 H 2 + 1 2 Cl 2     HCl E 2 ΔG 2 Correct relation is

    Electrolysis of aqueous Copper Sulphate is carried out using inert electrodes by passing one faraday of electricity .Volume of gas liberated at anode under STP conditions will be

    A q u e o u s s o l u t i o n o f A g N O 3 i s e l e c t r o l y s e d u sin g P t e l e c t r o d e s . P r o d u c t s o b t a i n e d a t a n o d e a n d c a t h o d e r e s p e c t i v e l y

    Correct decreasing order of Electrochemical equivalent values is

    50% H 2 SO 4 solution is electrolyzed using inter electrodes. The product obtained at anode is

    1 Faraday can deposit/liberate one gram atom of metal at cathode during the electrolysis of (inert electrodes are used)

    For the cell reaction: 2 Fe ( aq ) 3 + + 2 I ( aq ) – ⟶ 2 Fe ( aq ) 2 + + I 2 ( aq ) E o cell = 0 . 24 V at 298 K . The standard Gibbs energy Δ r G ° of the cell reaction is [Given that Faraday constant F = 96500 Cmol – 1

    Emf of the cell Zn   / Zn + 2 / / Cu + 2 / Cu will be highest when

    Which of the following is the best conductor at 298K

    Specific conductance is minimum for

    For a cell involving one electron, E ° cell = 0 . 59 V at 298 K , the equilibrium constant for the cell reaction is [Given that 2 . 303 RT ¯ = 0 . 059 V atT = 298 K ]

    Equivalent conductance at infinite dilution cannot be directly determined for

    Molar conductance of 0.01M weak monoprotic acid is 45 mhocm 2 mole – 1 . Molar conductane of the same acid at infinite dilution is 450 mhocm 2 mol – 1 . p H of the acid solution is

    During the discharge of lead storage battery, weight of PbSO 4 obtained at cathode involving of 1F of electricity is(At.Wt of Pb = 208)

    False statement among the following is

    E Pt , 1 2 F 2 / F – 0   =   + 2 .87 V   ;   E Au + 3 / Au 0   =   + 1 .4 V E Fe + 3 / Fe + 2 0   =   + 0 .772 V ;     E Cu + / Cu o   = +   0 .52 V Based on the above data the best oxidant is

    Formation of rust is an electrochemical phenomenon. Formula of rust is

    The pressure of H 2 required to make the potential of H 2 electrode zero in pure water at 298 K

    Aqueous solution of which of the following compounds is the best conductor of electric current?

    At 25°C molar conductance of 0.1 molar aqueous solution of ammonium hydroxide is 9 .54   ohm − 1 cm 2 mol − 1 and at infinite dilution its molar conductance is 238   ohm − 1 cm 2 mol − 1 The degree of ionisation of ammonium hydroxide at the same concentration and temperature is

    A button cell used in watches function as following. Zn s + Ag 2 O s + H 2 O l ⇌ 2 Ag s + Zn aq 2 + + 2 OH aq − If half cell potentials are Zn aq 2 + + 2 e − Zn s ; E 0 = − 0 .76 V Ag 2 O s + H 2 O l + 2 e − 2 Ag s + 2 OH aq − , E 0 = 0 .34 V The cell potential will be

    A hydrogen gas electrode is made by dipping platinum wire in a solution of HCl of pH = 10 and by passing hydrogen gas around the platinum wire at one atm pressure. The oxidation potential of electrode would be?

    The molar conductivity of a 0 . 5 mol / dm 3 solution AgNO 3 with electrolytic conductivity of 5 . 76 × 10 – 3 S cm at 298 K is

    During the electrolysis of molten sodium chloride, the time required to produce 0.10 mol of chlorine gas using a current of 3 Amperes.

    If the E cell ° for a given reaction has a negative value, which of the following gives the correct relationships for the values of ΔG ° and K eq ?

    The number of electrons delivered at the cathode during electrolysis by a current of 1 ampere in 60 seconds is ? (charge on electron = 1 . 60 × 10 – 19 C )

    Zinc can be coated on iron to produce galvanized iron but the reverse is not possible. It is because

    Which one of the following process is not feasible in an aqueous solution

    The number of Faradays (F) required to produce 20g of calcium from molten CaCl 2 (Atomic mass of Ca = 40 g mol – 1 ) is :

    On electrolysis of dil. sulphuric acid using Platinum (Pt) electrode, the product obtained at anode will be :

    Following limiting molar conductivities are given as λ m ∘ H 2 SO 4 = x Scm 2 mol − 1 λ m ∘ K 2 SO 4 = y Scm 2 mol − 1 λ m ∘ CH 3 COOK = z Scm 2 mol − 1 λ m ∘ ( in Scm 2 mol − 1 ) for CH 3 COOH willbe

    Given that ∧ m ∞ = 133 .4 AgNO 3 ∧ m ∞ = 149 .9 ( KCl ) ; ∧ m ∞ = 144 .9 Scm 2 mol − 1 KNO 3 the molar conductivity at infinite dilution for AgCl is:

    0.1 F of electricity is passed through aqueous CuSO 4 using copper electrodes. Correct statement regarding the process is

    Oxidation potential of 0.1M AgNO 3 solution is E Ag / Ag + o   =   − 0 .8 V

    The zinc/silver oxide cell is used in electric watches. The reaction is as following, Zn 2 + + 2 e – Zn ; E ° = – 0 . 760 V Ag 2 O + H 2 O + 2 e – 2 Ag + 2 OH – ; E ° = 0 . 344 V If F is 96 , 500 Cmol – 1 , ΔG ° of the cell will be

    Regarding Daniel cell, false statement is

    Aqueous solution of CuCl 2 is subjected to electrolysis using Pt electrodes. Then the correct statement is

    Aqueous solution of Na 2 SO 4 is subjected to electrolysis using inert electrodes. Then the true statement is

    Given E Mg + 2 / Mg o   =   − 2 .37 V   ;   E Cu + 2 / Cu 0   =   + 0 .34 V ;   E Mn + 2 / Mn 0   =   − 1 .18 V E 0 Na + / Na   =   − 2 .71 V Correct decreasing order of reducing power is

    Given E Li + / Li o   =   − 3 .05 V and E Al + 3 / Al o   =   − 1 .66 V then the emf of the cell Li s   / Li + 1 M / / Al + 3 1 M / Al s   will    be

    Consider the redox reaction, 2 A + 3 aq   + 2 B − aq     2 A + 2 aq     + B 2 aq ;     E cell 0   =   0 .3 V   .. Standard Gibb’s energy Δ 0 G of the reaction will be

    E Ni + 2 / Ni 0   =   − 0 .25 V ;     E Pt , 1 2 Cl 2 / Cl − 0   =   + 1 .36 V then the spontaneous reaction involves

    Molar ionic conductance at infinite dilution of Al + 3 and SO 4 − 2 are ‘ x ‘ mhocm 2 mol – 1 and ‘ y ‘ mhocm 2 mol – 1 respectively. Equivalent conductance of Al 2 ( SO 4 ) 3 at infinite dilution will be mhocm 2 eq – 1

    For a cell involving two electron transfer, E 0   =    0 .59 V at 298K. Equilibrium constant for the cell reaction will be

    When aq. AgNO 3 is subjected to electrolysis using inert electrodes, 10.8 grams of silver is deptosited at cathode. Weight of oxygen liberated at anode will be

    E M + n / M ° is positive for all the following except when M is

    Specific conductivity of 0.01M solution of HX is 10 – 6 mho cm – 1 . Molar conductance of the solution is equal to X mho cm 2 mole – 1 . Value of ‘X’ is equal to

    Reduction potential of Silver electrode in contact with 0.01M AgNO 3 solution is ( E Ag + / Ag 0 = + 0 . 8 M )

    Debye Huckel equation is not useful to determine molar conductance at infinite dilution for the following electrolyte

    Reduction potential of hydrogen electrode is maximum when it is in contact with a solution of

    Which one of the following electrolyte does not liberate oxygen at anode during electrolysis

    Reduction potential of Zinc Electrode in contact with 0.01M ZnSO 4 is – 0 . 82 V . SRP of Zinc Electrode will be

    A galvanic cell is constructed using SHE and another electrode ‘ X ‘ under standard conditions. ‘ X ‘ in this cell is the negative electrode then ‘ X ‘ is

    Degree of dissociation of 0.1M weak monoacidic base, BOH is 0 . 2 . Molar conductance at infinite dilution of BOH is 360 mho cm 2 mole – 1 . Molar conductance of decimolar BOH will be ——- mho cm 2 mole – 1

    Zn gives H 2 gas with dil.H 2 SO 4 and HCl but not with dil.HNO 3 because

    Daniel cell is shown as

    25 mL of HCl solution is titrated with 0.10 mole L –1 NaOH solution in a conductivity cell. The data obtained were plotted to give the graph shown below The concentration of HCl solution is

    Molten sodium chloride conducts electricity due to the presence of

    An electronic conductor is

    Which of the following is conductor of electricity

    Sodium metal in liquid ammonia is

    LIST – 1 LIST – 2 A) Electronic conductor 1) Aqueous urea solution B) Non-electrolyte 2) Solid sodium C) Electrolytic dissociation 3) Electrolytic conductor D) Arrhenius 4) Radioactivity increases 5) Conductivity raises with temperature The correct match is

    Which of the following is 100% ionised at any dilution ?

    Reason for increase in electrical conduction of electrolyte with increase in temperature is A) increase in the number of ions B) increase in the speed of ions C) increase in the degree of dissociation of electrolyte

    Choose the wrong statement

    Which of the following (1M) conducts more electricity ?

    The degree of dissociation of an electrolyte in aqueous solution depends on A) Temperature B) Concentration of the electrolyte C) Nature of the electrolyte

    At infinite dilution the degree of dissociation for sucrose in aqueous solution is

    What happens at infinite dilution in a given solution ?

    Choose the correct statement regarding electrolytic cell

    The following are some statements about electrolytic cell A) in this, chemical energy converted into electrical energy B) in this cell, electrons flow from cathode to anode C) in this, cell reduction takes place at cathode D) in this, cathode is a +ve electrode The correct combination is

    The products formed when an aqueous solution of NaBr is electrolysed in a cell having inert electrodes are

    When an aqueous solution of lithium chloride is electrolysed using graphite electrodes

    A dilute aqueous solution of Na 2 SO 4 is electrolysed using platinum electrodes. The products at the anode and cathode are

    The products of electrolysis of aqueous NaCl solution are

    The reactions taking place at anode and cathode are

    The electrode through which the electrons enter the electrolytic solution is

    In the electrolytic cell, flow of electrons is from

    When as electrolysis is in progress, if the cathode plate is removed

    Which process occurs in the electrolysis of aqueous solution of nickel chloride at nickel anode?

    In electrolysis of dilute H 2 SO 4 , which is liberated at anode in presence of inert electrode ?

    Molten CuCl 2 is electrolysed using platinum electrode. The reaction occuring at anode is

    During the electrolytic reduction of alumina, the reaction at cathode is

    Aqueous solution of CuSO 4 is electrolysed using inert electrodes till the blue coloured solution becomes colourless. The colourless solution formed is

    After the electrolysis of aqueous solution of NaCl using Pt electrodes, the pH of the solution

    When an aqueous solution of copper sulphate is electrolysed using copper electrodes the reaction at the anode is represented by

    Which of the following reaction is possible at anode ?

    During the electrolysis of aqueous solution of the following, molarity of the solution increases without changing the chemical composition

    Aqueous NaCl solution is electrolyzed using platinum electrodes. What is the product formed at cathode?

    At anode in the electrolysis of fused sodium chloride

    Which of the following ions is obtained at the cathode when an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide is electrolysed ?

    During electrolysis of fused NaOH

    Aqueous solution of AgNO 3 is electrolysed using inert electrodes. At the end of electrolysis

    Electrolysis of dilute aqueous NaCl solution was carried out by passing 10 milli ampere current. The time required to liberate 0.01 mol of H 2 gas at the cathode is (1 Faraday = 96500 C mol -1 )

    An aqueous solution containing one mole per litre of each Cu(NO 3 ) 2 , AgNO 3 . Hg(NO 3 ) 2 , Mg(NO 3 ) 2 is being electrolysed using inert electrodes. The values of standard electrode potential in volts (reduction potential) are Ag / Ag + = + 0.80V Hg 2+ / Hg = + 0.79V Cu 2+ / Cu = + 0.34V Mg 2+ / Mg = – 2.37V With increasing voltage, the sequence of deposition of metals on cathode will be

    According to Faraday’s first Law of electrolysis mass of substance liberated is equal to

    At cathode, the electrolysis of aqueous Na 2 SO 4 gives

    In the electrolysis of aqueous sodium chloride solution, Which of the half cell reaction will occur at anode ?

    When a quantity of electricity is passed through CuSO 4 solution 0.16g of copper gets deposited. If the same quantity of electricity is passed through acidulated water. Then the volume of H 2 liberated at STP will be [given : at.wt.of Cu = 64]

    According to 2nd law of Faraday’s electrolysis the correct one is The correct combination is

    For the discharge of equal masses of the following ions, the number of electrons required is maximum in the case of

    When the same charge is passed through the solutions of different electrolytes in series, the amounts of elements deposited on the electrodes are in the ratio of their

    One Faraday is equal to

    One Faraday of electricity will liberate 1 gram atom of the metal from the solution of

    The emf of the following three galvanic cells are represented by E 1 , E 2 and E 3 respectively. Which of the following is correct ? (i) Zn/Zn 2+ (1M)//Cu 2+ (1M)/Cu (ii) Zn/Zn 2+ (0.1M)//Cu 2+ (1M)/Cu (iii) Zn/Zn 2+ (1M)//Cu 2+ (0.1M)/Cu

    The minimum conductance in fused state is shown by

    SI units of molar conductance are

    The unit of equivalent conductivity is

    LIST – 1 LIST – 2 A) One faraday 1) Reduction B) Anode 2) 96500 coulomb C) Cathode 3) 6.24 × 10 18 electrons D) 1 coulomb 4) Oxidation 5) Z × 96,500

    The value of molar conductivity of HCl is greater than that of NaCl at a particular temperature because

    The weight of hydrogen deposited at cathode when 965 amperes current is passed for 100 seconds through acidulated water is

    By passing electric current, NaClO 3 is converted in to NaClO 4 according to the following equation .How many moles of NaClO 4 will be formed when three faradays of charge is passed through NaClO 3 ?

    The unit of specific conductivity is

    The highest electrical conductivity of the following aqueous solutions is of

    The electrochemical equivalent of a metal is “x”g. coulomb –1 . The equivalent weight of metal is

    If the specific conductance and conductance of a solution is same, then its cell constant is equal to

    Specific conductivity of a solution

    The weight in grams of O 2 formed at Pt anode during the electrolysis of aq. K 2 SO 4 solution during the passage of one coulomb of electricity is

    A graph is drawn between the λ eq values and concentrations of an electrolyte. Which of the following electrolyte will correspond to the graph given ?

    The equivalent conductance of 1N solution of an electrolyte is nearly

    If the molar conductance values of Ca 2+ and Cl – at infinite dilution are respectively 118.88 × 10 -4 m 2 mho mol -1 and 77.33 × 10 -4 m 2 mho mol -1 , then that of CaCl 2 is (in m 2 mho mol -1 )

    What current is to be passed for 0.25 s for deposition of a certain weight of metal which is equal to its electrochemical equivalent ?

    A solution of concentration ‘C’ g equiv/litre has a specific resistance R. The equivalent conductance of the solution is

    The expression showing the relationship between equivalent conductivity and molar conductivity is

    According to Kohlrausch law, the limiting value of molar conductivity of an electrolyte A 2 B is

    Degree of dissociation of pure water is 1.9 × 10 -9 . Molar ionic conductances of H + and OH – ions at infinite dilution are 200 S cm 2 mol -1 and 350 S cm 2 mol -1 respectively. Molar conductance of water is

    Which of the following is not a conductor of electricity?

    For which case λ values v/s C shows a straight line

    The distance between two electrodes of a cell is 2.5 cm and area of each electrode is 5 cm 2 the cell constant (in cm –1 ) is

    The molar conductivities λ NaOAc 0 and λ HCl 0 at infinite dilution in water at 25 0 C and 91.0 and 426.2 S cm 2 / mol respectively. To caculate λ HOAc 0 the additional value required is

    The ionic conductance of the following cations in a given concentration are in the order

    At T(K) the molar ionic conductivities of NH 4 + and OH – at infinite dilution are 72 and 198 Scm 2 mol –1 respectively. The molar conductivity of 0.01M NH 4 OH solution at the same temperature is found to be 9 Scm 2 mol –1 . The percentage dissociation of NH 4 OH at this concentration is

    The effect of temperature increase on conduction is as follows

    The cell reaction of the galvanic cell, Cu (s) / Cu 2+ (aq) // Hg 2+ (aq) / Hg (l) is

    The equation representing Kohlrausch law from the following is

    The ionic conductance of which of following ion in fused state is low

    Stronger the oxidising agent greater is the

    If the cell reaction is spontaneous

    The correct order of equivalent conductance at infinite dilution of LiCl, NaCl and KCl is

    Which metal will dissolve if the cell notation is Cu | Cu 2+ || Ag + | Ag

    Standard reduction electrode potential of three metals A, B and C are respectively + 0.05 V, – 3.0 and – 1.2 V. The correct order of reducing power is

    The function of a salt bridge is

    The difference of potential of two electrodes in a galvanic cell is known as

    The standard electrode potentials of four metals A, B, C and D are – 2.65, – 1.66, – 0.80 and + 0.86 V. The highest chemical activity will be exhibited by the metal

    At 298 K the standard reduction potentials for the following half reactions are given as The strongest reducing agent is

    Zn gives H 2 gas with H 2 SO 4 and HCI but not with HNO 3 because

    Standard electrode potentials are Fe 2+ , Fe 3+ and Fe blocks are kept together, then

    When Zn piece is kept in CuSO 4 solution, copper gets precipitated because :

    The hydrogen electrode is dipped in a solution of pH = 3 at 25 0 C. The potential of the cell would be (value of 2.303 RT/F is 0.059 V)

    Which reaction is not feasible ?

    Beryllium is placed above magnesium in the II group. When beryllium dust is added to MgCl 2 solution, will

    For I 2 + 2 e 2 I – , standard reduction potential = + 0.54 volt. For 2 Br – Br 2 + 2 e – , standard oxidation potential = – 1.09 volt. For Fe Fe 2 + + 2 e – standard oxidation potential = + 0.44 volt. Which of the following reactions is non-spontaneous?

    E° for is –0.44 V E° for is –0.76 V. Then

    The more electropositive element has

    Four colourless salt solutions are placed in separate test tubes and a strip of copper is placed in each. Which solution finally turns blue?

    A smuggler could not carry gold by depositing iron on the gold surface since

    The E 0 of the cell is 2.12 V. To increase E

    The e.m.f. of the given Daniel cell at 298 K is E 1 Zn /ZnSO 4 (0.01M)//CuSO 4 (1.0M)/Cu When the concentration of ZnSO 4 is 1.0 M and that of CuSO 4 is 0.01M, the e.m.f. changed to E 2 . What is the relationship between E 1 and E 2 ?

    The Nernst equation for the reduction potential of a non metal A when [A n- ] = C is given by

    For the cell Zn/Zn 2+ //Cu 2+ /Cu, if the concentration of Zn 2+ and Cu 2+ ions is doubled, the emf of the cell

    For a cell reaction, of an electrochemical cell, the change in standrad free energy, at a given temperature is

    For a spontaneous reaction the ΔG , equilibrium constant (K) and E 0 cell will be respectively

    For the reaction Pt /H 2 (1atm) / H + (aq) // Cl – (aq) /AgCl/Ag K c (equilibrium constant) is represented as

    The potential of standard hydrogen electrode is zero. This implies that

    Which of the following is not correct ?

    The correct relationship between free energy change in a reaction and the corresponding equilibrium constant K C is

    The standard reduction potentials of three electodes P, Q and R are respectively – 1.76 V, 0.34 V and 0.8 V. Then

    The Nernst equation giving dependence of electrode potential on concentration is

    A lead storage battery has been used for one month (30 days) at the rate of one hour per day by drawing a constant current of 2 amperes. H 2 SO 4 consumed by the battery is

    When lead storage battery is charged

    Galvanization process includes plating iron with

    The metal that cannot displace hydrogen from dilute hydrochloric acid is

    In a fuel cell, methanol is used as fuel and oxygen gas is used as an oxidizer. The reaction is CH 3 OH ( l ) + 3 2 O 2 CO 2 ( g ) + 2 H 2 O ( l ) At 298K, standard Gibbs energies of formation for CH 3 OH (l) , H 2 O (l) and CO 2(g) are –166.2, –237.2 and –394.4 KJ respectively. If standard enthalpy of combustion of methanol is –726 KJ, efficiency of the fuel cell will be

    A secondary cell is one

    Corrosion is basically a/an

    Zinc is used to protect corrosion of iron because

    In which of the following will the corrosion of iron be most rapid ?

    Corrosion is chemically

    The composition of rust is

    Which of the following solutions of NaCl has the higher specific conductance ?

    On passing current through molten KCl, 19.5 g of K is deposited. The amount of Al deposited by the same quantity of electricity when passed through molten AlCl 3 is

    The number of electrons involved in the electro deposition of 63.5 g. of Cu from a solution of CuSO 4 is

    Same amount of electric current is passed through solutions of AgNO 3 and HCl. If 1.08 g of silver is obtained in the first case, the volume of hydrogen liberated at S.T.P. in the second case is

    On passing 3F electricity through three cells containing fused Na 2 CO 3 , fused Cu(NO 3 ) 2 and fused Al(NO 3 ) 3 , the number of moles of the metals deposited are in the ratio

    By passing 0.1 Faraday of electricity through fused sodium chloride, the amount of chlorine liberated is

    The current strength required to displace 0.1 g. of H 2 in 10 sec is

    The amount of chlorine evolved when 2 amperes of current is passed for 30 minutes through aqueous solution of NaCl is

    Weight of copper (atomic mass 63.5) deposited when 2 Faradays of electricity is passed through cupric salt solution is

    If three faradays of electricity are passed through the solutions of AgNO 3 , CuSO 4 and AuCl 3 , the molar ratio of the cations deposited at the cathode will be

    On electrolysing a sample of acidified water, 22.4 ml of hydrogen was obtained. The volume of oxygen in ml obtained is

    The electro chemical equivalent of an element is 0.0006735 g/C. Its equivalent weight is

    When electricity is passed through molten AlCl 3 , 13.5 g. of Al is deposited. The number of Faradays of electricity passed will be

    When 6 ×10 22 electrons are used in the electrolysis of a metallic salt, 1.9 gm of the metal is deposited at the cathode. The atomic weight of that metal is 57. So oxidation state of the metal in the salt is

    Four moles of electrons were transferred from anode to cathode in an experiment on electrolysis of water. The total volume of the two gases (dry and at STP) produced will be approximately (in litres)

    When 3.86 amperes current are passed through an electorlyte for 50 minutes, 2.4 grams of a divalent metal is deposited. The gram atomic weight of the metal (in grams) is

    For the electrolytic production of NaClO 4 from NaClO 3 according to the equation NaClO 3 + H 2 O NaClO 4 + H 2 the number of Faradays of electricity required to produce 0.5 mole of NaClO 4 is

    What is the quantity of electricity (in coulombs) required to deposit all the silver from 250 ml of 1 M AgNO 3 solution ?(Ag = 108)

    When 965 amp current is passed through aqueous solution of salt X using platinum electrodes for 10 sec, the volume of gases liberated at the respective electrodes is in 1:1 ratio. Then X is

    The amount of current in Faraday is required for the reduction of 1 mol of Cr 2 O 7 –2 ions to Cr 3+ is,

    Specific conductance of 0.1 M Nitric acid is 6.3 × 10 –2 ohm –1 cm –1 . The molar conductance of the solution is

    The values of equivalent conductivity at infinte dilutions for NH 4 Cl, NaOH and NaCl are respectively 149.74, 248.1 and 126.4 ohm –1 cm 2 equi –1 . The value of λ eq ∞ of NH 4 OH is ————ohm -1 cm 2 eq -1

    0.05M NaOH solution offered a resistance of 31.6 Ω in a conductivity cell at 298K. If the cell constant of the conductivity cell is 0.367cm –1 , the molar conductivity of the NaOH solution is

    Molar ionic conductivities of a bi-bivalent electrolyte are 57 and 73. The molar conductivity of the solution will be

    At 25 0 C the molar conductances at infinite dilution for the strong electrolytes NaOH, NaCl and BaCl 2 are 248 × 10 –4 , 126 × 10 –4 and 280 × 10 –4 S.m 2 mol –1 respectively. λ m 0 Ba(OH) 2 in s.m 2 mol –1 is

    For a cell reaction involving a two-electron change, the standard e.m.f. of the cell is found to be 0.295 V at 25 0 C. The equilibrium constant of the reaction at 25 0 C will be

    , The EMF of the cell, Zn | Zn 2+ (0.1M) || Cu 2+ (0.01M) | Cu is

    The potential of the cell containing two hydrogen electrodes as represented below Pt, H 2(g) | H + (10 -6 M) || H + (10 -4 M)|H 2(g) , Pt at 298 K is

    HA is a weak electrolyte. At 25 0 C, the degree of dissociation of 0.5 mol L –1 HA is 0.1. What is its molar conductivity (in S cm 2 mol –1 ) ? (The limiting molar conductivity of HA is,390 S cm 2 mol –1 )

    , The cell reaction of the cell constructed from these two electrodes is

    Resistance of a conductivity cell filled with a solution of an electrolyte of concentration 0.1M is 100 Ω .The conductivity of this solution is 1.29 S m –1 . Resistance of the same cell when filled with 0.02M of the same solution is 520 Ω . The molar conductivity of 0.02M solution in Sm 2 mol –1

    If the standard electrode protential of Cu 2+ / Cu electrode is 0.34 V, what is the electrode potential at 0.01 M concentration of Cu 2+ ? (T = 298 0 K)

    Consider the following E 0 values E 0 Fe 3+ / Fe 2+ = + 0.77 V E 0 Sn 2+ / Sn = – 0.14 V Under standard conditions the potential for the reaction is

    The standard reduction potentials of Zn 2+ | Zn and Cu 2+ | Cu are –0.76 V and + 0.34 V respectively. What is the cell e.m.f (in V) of the following cell? Zn | Zn 2+ (0.05 M || Cu 2+ (0.005 M | Cu.

    A cell constructed by coupling a standard copper electrode and a standard magnesium electrode has emf of 2.7 volts. If the standard reduction potential of copper electrode is +0.34 volt, that of magnesium electrode is

    Standard electrode potentials of and are – 0.440V and – 0.036V respectively. The standard electrode potential (E°) for is

    EMF of a cell in terms of reduction potential of its left and right electrodes is

    Statement I : At moderate concentrations molar conductivity of KCl is greater than that of CH 3 COOH Statement II : At moderate concentrations, KCl completely ionizes whereas CH 3 COOH undergoes incomplete ionisation

    Statement I : Limiting molar conductance of 0.1M HCl is greater than that of 0.1M NaCl Statement II : Ionic conductance of H + ion is greater than that of Na + ion

    Statement I : Surface of a metal acts like an electrochemical cell Statement II : Oxygen concentration on the surface a metal is not uniform

    Statement I : Passage of same quantity of electricity deposits more amount of copper from aq.Cu 2 Cl 2 than from aq. CuSO 4 Statement II :Eq.wt of copper is more in CuSO 4 than in Cu 2 Cl 2

    The emf of a Daniel cell at 298K is E 1 Zn | ZnSO 4(0.01M) || CuSO 4(1.0M) | Cu when the concentration of ZnSO 4 is 0.1 M and that CuSO 4 is 0.01 M, the emf changed to E 2 . What is the relationship between E 1 and E 2

    Standard free energies of formation (in kJ/ mol) at 298 K are – 237.2, – 394.4 and – 8.2 for H 2 O(l), CO 2 (g) and pentane (g), respectively. The value of E cell 0 for the pentane-oxygen fuel cell is :

    Given : (i) Cu +2 +2e – Cu, E 0 = 0.337V (ii) Cu +2 +e – Cu + , E 0 = 0.153V Electrode potential, E 0 for the reaction,Cu + + e – Cu, will be

    For the reduction of silver ions with copper metal, the standard cell potential is 0.46 V at 25 0 C. The value of standard Gibbs energy ∆ G 0 will be

    The number of electorns delivered at the cathode during electrolysis by a current of 1 ampere in 60 seconds is (charge on electron = 1.60 × 10 –19 C)

    Consider the change in oxidation state of Bromine corresponding to different emf values as shown in the diagram below Then the species undergoing disproportionation is

    The time period to coat a metal surface of 80 cm 2 with 5 × 10 –3 cm thick layer of silver (density 1.05 g cm –3 ) with the passage of 3A current through a silver nitrate solution is

    A factory produces 40 kg of calcium in two hours by electrolysis. How much aluminium can be produced by same current in 2 hours if current efficiency is 50%?

    Conductance of Al +3 is ‘x’ Sm 2 geq -1 and that of SO 4 -2 is ‘y’ Sm 2 geq -1 . molar conductance of Aluminium sulphate is…..Sm 2 mole -1

    At 298 K and 1 atm a copper electrode is in contact with 0.1 M CuSO 4 solution. Which of the following graphical representation is correct for E Cu + 2 / Cu ( y – axis ) Vs log Cu + 2 ( x – axis )

    Molar conductance of 0.1 M weak mono basic acid(HA) is 36 mho . cm 2 . mole – 1 . At the same temperature, molar conductance of HA at infinite dilution is 360 mho . cm 2 . mole – 1 . p H of HA will be

    Oxygen and hydrogen gases are produced at the anode and cathode respectively during electrolysis of dilute aq. solution of:

    Which one of the following is the best oxidizing agent in aqueous solution? E Na + / Na o = − 2 .71 V ; E 1 2 Cl 2 / Cl − o = + 1 .36 V ; E 1 2 I 2 / I − o = + 0 .54 V ; E Al + 3 / Al o = − 1 .66 V ;

    ‘A’ is a strong electrolyte. ‘B’ is a weak electrolyte. Decimolar solutions of ‘A’ and ‘B’ are taken in two separate vessels at same temperature. On diluting both these electrolytes to the same extent, correct statement of the following is

    Faraday gave quantitative relation between current passed and mass of the substance deposited or liberated at a particular electrode. Units of electrochemical equivalent are

    Faraday gave quantitative relation between current passed and the mass of the substance deposited at a particular electrode. Units of electrochemical equivalent are

    Regarding batteries, some reactions are given below. The false combination is

    Zn gives H 2 gas with H 2 SO 4 and HCl but not with HNO 3 because

    Difference in Λ m o of KCl and NaCl is ‘X’ mho    cm 2    mole − 1 . Difference in Λ m o of KNO 3 and NaNO 3 is ‘Y’ mho    cm 2    mole − 1 . Correct relation between ‘X’ and ‘Y’ is

    Aqueous solution of AgNO 3 is subjected to electrolysis using Pt electrodes. False statement about the process is

    18 grams of acidulated water is subjected to electrolysis using 965 amperes. Time required for electrolysis is

    p H of an acid solution in contact with hydrogen electrode is two. Reduction potential of Hydrogen electrode is

    Reduction potential of chlorine electrode in contact with 0.01 M HCl solution is E Pt , Cl 2 / Cl – o = + 1 .36   V

    For unimolar solution of uni-univalent electrolyte, the correct relation between equivalent conductance ( mho . cm 2 . g eq – 1 ) and specific conductance ( mho . cm – 1 ) is

    Debye-Huckel’s equation is given as Λ c = Λ 0 – A C . It is useful to determine molar conductance at infinite dilution for all the following electrolytes except

    Correct statement among the following is

    Electro chemical equivalent of an element is 9 . 33 × 10 – 5 g / mol . Equivalent weight of the element is

    The anodic reaction in dry cell is

    Reagarding dry cell, the incorrect statement is

    A silver electrode in contact with 1M AgNO 3 solution is diluted by 100 times. The true statement about the process is

    At 298 K, molar conductance of 0.1 M weak monoacidic base (BOH) is 45 mho.cm 2 .mole -1 . Molar conductance of BOH at infinite dilution is 450 mho.cm 2 .mole -1 . p H of deci molar solution of BOH is

    Cell notation of Daniel cell is Zn s / Zn 2 + 1 M / / Cu 2 + 1 M / Cu s . Standard free energy change for the reaction occurring in Daniel cell is E Zn 2 + / Zn 0 = – 0 . 76 V , E Cu 2 + / Cu 0 = + 0 . 34 V

    Cell notation of a galvanic cell is Fe s Fe + 2 C 1 Ag + C 2 Ag s . Emf of the cell is maximum when C 1   :   C 2 2 is

    The incorrect statement about electrochemistry is

    Zn ( s ) + Cu 2 + ( aq ) Zn 2 + ( aq ) + Cu ( s ) The above redox reaction is used in

    In general, in a Galvanic cell

    What happens when applied external opposite potential in a Daniell cell reaches to 1.1 V?

    When applied external opposite potential in case of Daniell cell is less than 1.1 V, then

    Look at the Daniell cell. The incorrect statement related to this cell is

    Electrolytic cell is a device

    select the false statement for Daniell cell.

    The electrode potential is known as standard electrode potential

    Select the correct statement(s) for the Galvanic cell.

    The correct cell representation of the following cell is Zn + 2 Ag + Zn 2 + + 2 Ag

    Select the incorrect statement.

    In the cell representation.

    Calculate the standard cell potential for the following Galvanic cell, Cr Cr 3 + Cd 2 + Cd Given , E Cr 3 + / Cr o = – 0 . 74 V and E Cd 2 + / Cd o = – 0 . 40 V

    The reduction potential of hydrogen half-cell will be negative if

    Pt ( s ) H 2 g , 1 bar H + aq , 1 M Cu 2 + aq , 1 M Cu The measured emf of the cell is 0.34 V means

    Select the correct statement for the cell Pt ( s ) H 2 g , 1 bar H + aq , 1 M Zn 2 + aq , 1 M Zn Given, Zn 2 + / Zn = – 0 . 76 V

    If the standard electrode potential of an electrode is greater than zero then

    Standard electrode potential of three metals X Y and Z are -1.2 V, + 0.5 V and -3.0 V respectively. The reducing power of these metals will be

    For the reaction, M n + aq + ne – M ( s ) , select the best suitable representation of Nernst equation, when the solid M is taken.

    Given, E I 2 / I – o ( 1 M ) = + 0 . 54 V , and E Br 2 / Br – o ( 1 M ) = 1 . 09 V On this basis the feasible reaction is

    Select the strongest reducing agent from the given electrode potential.

    Select the most appropriate Nernst equation for Daniell cell containing Cu 2 + and Zn 2 + ions .

    Compound XA, XB, XC are added into separate test tubes containing A, B, C solutions. XB react with A and C. XA does not react with any of these. XC reacts with A. Arrange the anion in the decreasing order of their oxidation.

    Select the appropriate statement for Daniell cell containing Cu 2 + and Zn 2 + ions .

    The electrode potentials for Cu 2 + aq + e – Cu + aq and Cu + aq + e – Cu s are + 0 . 15 V and + 0 . 50 V respectively. The value of E Cu 2 + / Cu o will be.

    The correct statement about conductivity is

    Which of the following statement is correct?

    Organic conducting polymers are

    Select the appropriate statement(s) about ionic conductance.

    Select the incorrect statement.

    Alternating current (AC) is used instead of direct i current (DC) for the measurement of conductivity of ionic solutions. This is because

    Conductivity decreases with decrease in concentration or weak as well as strong electrolytes. This is because

    Select the correct statement.

    The conductance of electrolytic solution kept between the electrodes of conductivity cell at unit distance but having area of cross-section large enough to accommodate sufficient volume of solution is called

    Select the incorrect statement.

    In order to obtain pure copper from impure copper by electrolysis

    Which of the following statements is/are incorrect for electrolytic cell?

    For the cell, Cu Cu 2 + ∥ Ag + Ag , E cell ∘ = + 0 .46 V If concentration of Cu 2+ ions is doubled, then E cell o will be

    Standard electrode potential for Sn 4 + / Sn 2 + couple is +0. 15V and that for the Cr 3 + / Cr couple is – 0.74 V. These two couples in their standard state are connected to make a cell. The cell potential will be

    A hydrogen gas electrode is made by dipping platinum wire in a solution of HCI and pH = 10 and by passing hydrogen gas around the platinum wire at 1 atm pressure. The oxidation potential of electrode would be

    A button cell used in watches, functions as following Zn ( s ) + Ag 2 O ( s ) + H 2 O ( l ) ⇌ 2 Ag ( s ) + Zn 2 + ( , ) + 2 OH − ( aq ) If half-cell potentials are Zn 2 + ( aq ) + 2 e − ⟶ Zn ( s ) ; E ∘ = − 0 .76 V Ag 2 O ( s ) + H 2 O ( l ) + 2 e − ⟶ 2 Ag ( s ) + 2 OH − E ∘ = 0 .34 V the cell potential will be

    Equilibrium constant (K) is related with standard cell potential ( E cell o ) but not with E cell . This is because

    Consider the following cell reaction 2 Fe ( s ) + O 2 ( g ) + 4 H + ( aq ) ⟶ 2 Fe 2 + ( aq ) + 2 H 2 O ( l ) , E ∘ = 1 .67 V At Fe 2 + = 10 − 3 M , p O 2 = 0 .1 atm and pH = 3 , the cell potential at 25 o C is

    Calculate the equilibrium constant for the reaction, Zn ( s ) + Cu 2 + ( aq ) ⟶ Zn 2 + ( aq ) + Cu ( s ) Given, E cell ∘ = 1 .1 V

    Which of the following statements is/are incorrect?

    The graph of molar conductivity versus C 1 / 2 is plotted. Which type of electrolyte are used in A and B ?

    Consider the following graph. Here the limiting molar conductivity is

    Select the correct statement for Λ m = Λ m ∘ − AC 1 / 2 .

    Two electrolytes X and Y are diluted. Λ m of I increases 1.5 times and for X it increase 25 times. Predict the strong electrolyte among X and Y .

    “Limiting molar conductivity of an electrolyte can be represented as sum of the individual contributions of anion and cation of the electrolyte”. Which law states the above statement ?

    Calculate the limiting molar conductivity of NaCl and KBr from the above table Ion Λ ∘ S cm 2 mol − 1 Ion Λ ∘ S cm 2 mol − 1 H + 349.6 OH – 199.1 Na + 50.1 CI – 76.3 K + 73.5 Br – 78.1 Ca 2+ 119.0 CH 3 COO – 40.9 Mg 2+ 106.0 SO 4 2 – 160.0

    The limiting molar conductivity of calcium acetate is

    If the E cell o for a given reaction has a negative value, then which of the following gives the correct relationships for the values of ∆ G o and K eq ?

    What will be the weight of silver deposited, if 96.5 A of current is passed into aqueous solution of AgNO 3 for 100 s?

    When 0.1 mole of MnO 4 2 – is oxidised, the quantity of electricity required to completely oxidise MnO 4 2 – to MnO 4 –

    Statement 1 :Platinum and gold are used as inert electrodes. Statement 2 : Pt and Au do,not participate in the reaction and provide the surface for oxidation or reduction

    Statement 1 :Conductivity always increases with decrease in concentration for strong and weak electrolytes. Statement 2 : Number of ions per unit volume decreases on dilution.

    Statement 1 :Conductivity of electrolytes decreases when dissolved in water. Statement 2 : They furnish their own ions.

    Statement 1 : Conductivity of pure water is 3 . 5 × 10 – 5 S m – 1 . Statement 2 : High amounts of hydrogen and hydroxyl ions are present in water.

    Statement 1 : Anhyd. HCI is bad conductor of electricity, while aq. HCI is good conductor. Statement 2 : Aqueous HCI is not fully ionised but anhyd. HCl is ionised to produce H + and Cl – .

    Statement 1 : Electrolysis of NaCl solution gives chlorine at anode instead of O 2 . Statement 2 : Formation of oxygen at anode requires over voltage.

    Statement 1 : Impure copper is converted into pure copper by electrolysis. Statement 2 : Copper is dissolved at cathode and deposited at anode.

    Statement 1 : Mercury cells give a constant voltage throughout its life. Statement 2 : Electrolyte KOH is not involved in the reaction.

    Statement 1 : A solution of Ni(NO 3 ) 2 is electrolysed between platinum electrodes using current of 5 A for 20 minute. The weight of Ni deposited is 1.825 g. Statement 2 : The mass of substance deposited during the electrolysis of an electrolyte is inversely proportional to the quantity of electricity passed through the electrolyte.

    Match the following Column I with type of electrolyte in Column II and choose the correct option from the codes given below. Column I Column II A. NaCl 1. 2-1 electrolyte B. CaCl 2 2. 2-2 electrolyte C. MgSO 4 3. 1 – 1 electrolyte

    Match the following Column I (expressions) with Column II and choose the correct option from the codes given below. Column I Column II A. ρl / A 1. Conductivity B. 1/R 2. Conductance C. RA/l 3. Resistance D. 1 / ρ 4. Resistivity

    Mark the incorrect statement(s) for fuel cells.

    A device that converts energy of combustion of fuels like hydrogen and methane, directly into electrical energy is known as

    Mark the incorrect statement about corrosion.

    Statement 1 : Magnesium blocks are fixed to the bottom of ship. Statement 2 : Magnesium acts as sacrificial electrode.

    During the rusting of iron

    Given the standard electrode potentials. E Fe 2 + / Fe ∘ = − 0 .44 V and E H + / O 2 / H 2 O ∘ = 1 .23 V

    An electrolytic cell contains alumina. If we have to obtain 50 g Al by using 105 A of current, the time required is

    1.5 A current is flowing through a metallic wire. If it flows for 3 hrs, how many electrons would flow through the wire?

    How many coulombs are required in order to reduce 12.3 g of nitrobenzene to aniline?

    6 A current with 75% efficiency is passed through a cell for 6 h? ( z = 4 x 10 -4 ). The amount of metal deposited will be

    Same amount of electricity is passed through the solutions of HCl and CuSO 4 . If 6.35 g of copper is deposited from CuSO 4 solution, the amount of hydrogen liberated at STP will be

    10 F of electricity is passed through the solutions of silver nitrate, copper sulphate and ferric chloride. The amount of metal deposited at cathode in each case respectively are

    Which of the following products are formed at cathode and anode during the electrolysis of an aqueous solution of MgSO 4 between inert electrodes?

    Select the incorrect statement.

    Which of the following statement is incorrect for dry cell ?

    What is the anode and cathode in the cell given in the figure?

    When an external opposite potential greater than 1.1 V is applied to the Galvanic cell

    Select the incorrect statements.

    Select the correct statements.

    The correct statements among the following is

    Select the incorrect statements.

    When very dilute solution of sodium hydroxide is electrolysed using platinum electrodes, then

    What happens when opposing voltage is applied to the Galvanic cell reaches 1.1 V ? I. Reactions stop together. II. No current flows through the cell. III.Rate of reaction increases. Which of the above statements is/are correct ?

    I. The potential of individual half-cell can be measured. II. Difference between the potentials of two half-cells can only be measured. III. Pt ( s ) H 2 g H + aq half – cell is called standard hydrogen electrode. Select the correct statement(s) and choose the appropriate option

    I.Q = It II. Charge required for oxidation or reduction depends on the stoichiometry of electrode reaction. III. Charge on 1 electron – 1.6021 x 10 -19 C IV. Charge on I mole of electron = 1.6021x 10 -19 C V. Unit of current is Coulomb (C) VI. 1F= 96500 C mol -1 Which of the following statements are incorrect?

    Some organic substances are conducting polymers. The true statement(s) regarding them is/are I. These being lighter are used to make light weight batteries. II. Being flexible these are used to make electronic devices like transistors

    Consider the following statements. I. In dry cell, a moist paste of NH 4 Cl and ZnCl 2 is present in between the electrodes. II. Ammonia gas is produced in Leclanche cell. III. A part of KOH and ZnO is used as electrolyte in mercury cell. True statements are

    I. Rusting of iron is an example of corrosion but tarnishing of sodium metal is not. II. Covering the surface with bis – phenol protect iron from rusting. III. Sn and Zn are used to protect iron from rusting. True statements are

    Match the following columns. Column I Column II A Zn + Cu 2 + ⟶ Cu + Zn 2 + p Cathode half reaction is Cu 2 + + 2 e − ⟶ Cu B Mg + Cu 2 + ⟶ Cu + Mg 2 + q Electrons flows from metal to Cu side. C 2 Ag + + Cu ⟶ Cu 2 + + 2 Ag r E anode ∘ < E cathode ∘ D H 2 + Cu 2 + ⟶ H + + Cu s Hydrogen electrode is used

    Match the salts given in Column I with their use given in Column II. Column I Column II A. Hg 2 Cl 2 p. Salt bridge B. Agar-Agar q. Calomel electrode C. 0.1 N KCl r. Ice cream D. Quinhydron s. Redox electrode

    Match the physical quantities given in Column I with their units given in Column II. Column I Column II A. Resistance p. Ω B. Resistivity q. volt / A − 1 C. Conductivity r. Ωm D. Specific conductance s. Ω − 1 m − 1

    Directions of current is from

    The reaction which occur in the Galvanic cell is MnO 4 − + 8 H + + 5 Fe 2 + ⟶ Mn 2 + + 5 Fe 3 + + 4 H 2 O E ∘ MnO 4 − , Mn 2 + , H + ∣ Pt = 1 .51 V and E ∘ Fe 3 + , Fe 2 + ∣ Pt = 0 .77 V (Q) Calculate the standard emf of cell.

    The reaction which occur in the Galvanic cell is MnO 4 − + 8 H + + 5 Fe 2 + ⟶ Mn 2 + + 5 Fe 3 + + 4 H 2 O E ∘ MnO 4 − , Mn 2 + , H + ∣ Pt = 1 .51 V and E ∘ Fe 3 + , Fe 2 + ∣ Pt = 0 .77 V (Q) How would the emf of the cell be increased above the standard emf ?

    Calculate the conductivity of 0.2 mol L -1 KCI solution.

    A 4.0 M aqueous solution of NaCl is prepared and 500 mL of this solution is electrolyzed. This leads to evolution of chlorine gas at one of the electrodes. (Q). The total charge required for the complete electrolysis will be

    How many grams of Cu is deposited by passing 6F through aqueous CuSO 4 solution in presence of inert electrodes.

    NaCl aqueous solution on electrolysis gives H 2 ( g ) , Cl 2 ( g ) and NaOH . 2 Cl − ( aq ) + 2 H 2 O ⟶ 2 OH − ( aq ) + H 2 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) . In 20 L of NaCl solution (20% by weight), current of 25. A with 62% of current efficiency is passed. Which of the following reaction will occur at anode?

    What is the amount of electricity required (experimentally) in terms of Faraday to get 1 kg of Cl 2 from 20 Lit of 20 % by weight of NaCl aqueous solution by passing a current of 25 A with 62 % current efficiency

    How long will it take to produce 1 kg of Cl 2 from 20 Lit of 20% by weight NaCl aqueous solution by passing 25 A current with 62% current efficiency is passed.

    What is anode and cathode used in the commonly used mercury cell ?

    What is cathodic reaction occurring in the commonly used mercury cell ?

    What is the reducing agent in the cell?

    Name the figure given above.

    What is I, II and electrolyte used in the above figure?

    Which cell will measure standard electrode potential of copper electrode?

    Which of the following statements is/are true for the above figure?

    Which of the following statements is not correct about an inert electrode in a cell?

    The difference between the electrode potentials of two electrodes when no current is drawn through the cell is called..…..

    Electrode potential for Mg electrode varies according to the equation E Mg 2 + / Mg = E Mg 2 + / Mg θ − 0 .059 2 log ⁡ 1 Mg 2 + .The graph of E Mg 2 + / Mg v S log ⁡ Mg 2 + is

    Find out in which option the order of reducing power is correct? E Cr 2 O 7 – 2 | Cr + 3 ∘ = 1 . 33 V ; E Cl 2 | Cl ∘ = 1 . 36 V E MnO 4 – | Mn + 2 ∘ = 1 . 51 V ; E Cr + 3 | Cr ∘ = – 0 . 74 V

    The cell constant of a conductivity cell………

    Λ m NH 4 OH ∘ is equal to ………

    Which of the following statements about solution of electrolytes is not correct?

    The positive value of the standard electrode potential of Cu 2+ /Cu indicates that

    In the electrolysis of aqueous sodium chloride solution which of the half-cell reaction will occur at anode?

    The quantity of charge required to obtain one mole of aluminium from Al 2 O 3 is

    Conductivity k, is equal to…

    Conductivity of an electrolytic solution depends on

    What will happen during the electrolysis of aqueous solution of CuSO 4 by using platinum electrodes?

    What will happen during the electrolysis of aqueous solution of CuSO 4 in the presence of copper electrodes?

    Statement 1: Cu is less reactive than hydrogen. Statement 2: E Cu 2 + / Cu o is negative.

    Statement 1: Conductivity of all electrolytes decreases on dilution. Statement 2: On dilution number of ions per unit volume decreases.

    Statement 1: E Ag + / Ag increases with increase in concentration of Ag + ions. Statement 2: E Ag + / Ag has a positive value.

    Statement 1: Electrolysis of NaCl solution gives chlorine at anode instead of O 2 . Statement 2: Formation of oxygen at anode requires over voltage.

    Match the terms given in Column I with the units given in Column II. Column I Column II A. Λ m 1. S cm -1 B. E cell 2. m -1 C. K 3. S cm 2 mol -1 D. G * 4. V

    Match the items of Column I and Column II. Column I Column II A. K 1. I × t B. Λ m 2. Λ m / Λ m ∘ C. α 3. κ C D. Q 4. G ∗ R

    Match the items of Column I and Column II Column I Column II A. Lead storage battery 1. Maximum efficiency B. Mercury cell 2. Prevented by galvanisation C. Fuel cell 3. Gives steady potential D. Rusting 4. Pb is anode, PbO 2 is cathode

    The equivalent conductance of NaCl at concentration C and at infinite dilution are λ C and λ ∞ respectively The correct relationship between λ C and λ ∞ is given as (where, the constant B is positive)

    Given below are the half-cell reactions, Mn 2 + + 2 e − ⟶ Mn ; E ∘ = − 1 .18 eV 2 Mn 3 + + e − ⟶ Mn 2 + ; E ∘ = + 1 .51 eV The E ∘ for 3 Mn 2 + ⟶ Mn + 2 Mn 3 + will be

    The standard reduction potential for Zn 2 + / Zn , Ni 2 + / Ni and Fe 2 + / Fe are − 0 .76 , − 0 .23 and -0.44 V respectively. The reaction X + Y 2 + ⟶ X 2 + + Y will be spontaneous if

    Which of the following half-reaction belongs to a secondary cell ?

    Correct decreasing order of equivalent conductivity in aqueous solution at same temperature is

    The molar conductance of M 20 solution of weak monoacidic base is 2 .0 S cm 2 mole -1 and at infinite dilution is 200 S cm 2 mole -1 . [H + ] concentration is

    Standard reduction potentials E F 2 / F – 0 = 2 . 85 V ; E Cl 2 / Cl – 0 = 1 . 36 V ; E Br 2 / Br – 0 = 1 . 06 V ; E I 2 / I – 0 = 0 . 53 V .Strongest and weakest reducing agents are respectively

    Predict the products of electrolysis of the following. An aqueous solution of AgNO 3 with silver electrodes.

    In the given reaction, Copper metal, Cu(s) is oxidised to Cu 2 + (aq), while Ag + (aq) is reduced to silver metal, Ag (s), then the equilibrium greatly lies in favour of

    Mg ( s ) + 2 Ag + ( 0 . 0001 M ) Mg 2 + ( 0 . 1 M ) + 2 Ag ( s ) The E° for the reaction is 3. 17 V. What is the value of Ε cell for the above reaction ?

    The equivalent conductance of two strong electrolytes at infinite dilution in H2O (where ions move freely through a solution) at 25°C are given below λCH 3 COONa = 91 .0.5 Scm 2 / equiv λHCl = 426 .2 Scm 2 / equiv What additional information/quantity one needs to calculate of an aqueous solution of acetic acid?

    If the hydrogen electrode is dipped in a solution of pH = 2 at 25° C, then the reduction potential of the electrode would be

    The equilibrium constant of the reaction is Cu ( s ) + 2 Ag + ( aq ) Cu 2 + ( aq ) + 2 Ag ( s ) , (Given : E cell 0 = 0 .46 V

    The electricity required in coulombs for the oxidation of 0.1 mol of FeO to Fe 2 O 3 is

    During electrolysis of molten sodium chloride, time required to produce 0.20 mole of chlorine gas using a current of 6 amperes is

    The standard oxidation potential E 0 for the half cell reaction are Fe Fe 2 + + 2 e − ;      E ∘ = + 0 .41 V Cu Cu 2 + + 2 e − ;      E ∘ = − 0 .34 V EMF of the cell reaction is Fe ( s ) + Cu 2 + ( aq ) Fe 2 + ( aq ) + Cu ( s )

    The resistance of 0.1 M solution of electrolyte was found to be 200 ohm at 298 K using a conductivity cell of cell constant 0.66 cm -1 . The molar conductance of this solution is

    On decreasing the concentration, the conductivity

    For hydrogen concentration cell, which is always true?

    Equivalent conductivity of Al 2 (SO 4 ) 3 is related to its molar conductivity by the expression of

    Pressure of H 2 required to make the potential of hydrogen-electrode zero in pure water at 298 K is:

    Electrolysis of aq. K 2 SO 4 using inert electrodes is carried out by passing 9650 coulombs. Weight of the substance obtained at cathode is

    Electrolysis of aq. K 2 SO 4 using inert electrodes is carried out by passing 19300 coulombs. Weight of the substance obtained at anode is

    Electrolysis of aq. K 2 SO 4 using inert electrodes is carried out by passing 100 amperes for 965 seconds. Volume of the substance obtained at cathode(at STP) is

    Electrolysis of aq. K 2 SO 4 using inert electrodes is carried out by passing 100 amperes for 965 seconds. Volume of the substance obtained at cathode(at STP) is

    Molar conductance of 0.2 M strong electrolyte AB is 180 mho cm 2 mole – 1 . Specific conductivity of the solution at the same temperature would be——- mho m -1

    Molar conductance of decimolar strong electrolyte AB is 360 mho cm 2 mole – 1 . Specific conductivity of the solution at the same temperature would be——- mho m -1

    Molar conductance of 2 M strong electrolyte AB is ‘ X ‘ mho cm 2 mole – 1 . Specific conductivity of the solution at the same temperature is 0.09 mho cm -1 . Value of ‘X’ is

    Cell notation of a galvanic cell is represented as Ni ( s ) / Ni + 2 ( M 1 ) / / Cl – ( M 2 ) / / 1 2 Cl 2 ( 1 atm ) , Pt ( s ) . Emf of the cell is minimum when the values of M 1 and M 2 are

    Cost of Electricity to deposit 12 grams of Magnesium is Rs 600. Cost of Electricity to deposit 10 grams of calcium will be

    Reduction potential of Chlorine electrode in contact with 0.01 M KCl solution is ( E Pt , 1 2 Cl 2 / Cl – 0 = + 1 . 36 V )

    During the discharge of lead storage battery for 0.5 F of electricity to be generated, the number of moles of H 2 SO 4 consumed is

    During the discharge of lead storage battery for 0.25 F of electricity to be generated, the number of moles of H 2 SO 4 consumed is

    Oxidation potential of hydrogen electrode is maximum when it is in contact with a solution of

    Redution potential of hydrogen electrode is maximum when it is in contact with a solution of

    Reduction potential of Silver electrode in contact with 0.1M AgNO 3 solution is ( E Ag + / Ag 0 = + 0 . 8 M )

    How many electrons are there in one coulomb of electricity?

    The electric charge required for electrode deposition of one gram-equivalent of a substance is :

    How many minutes are required to deliver 3.21 x 10 6 coulombs using a current of 500 A used in the commercial production of chlorine?

    Electrolysis can be used to determine atomic masses. A current of 0.550 A deposits 0.55 g of a certain metal in 100 minutes. calculate the atomic mass of the metal if eq. mass =mol. mass/3

    How many minutes will it take to plate out 52 g of Cr from a Cr 2 (SO 4 ) 3 solution using a current of 9.65 A? (Atomic weight : Cr : 52.0)

    Calculate the current (in mA) required to deposit 0.195 g of platinum metal in 5.0 hours from a solution of PtCl 6 2- : (Atomic weight : Pt = 195)

    How many Faradays are required to reduce 0.25 g of Nb (V) to the metal? (Atomic weight : Nb = 93g)

    One gm metal M 3+ was discharged by the passage of 1.81 x 10 23 electrons. what is the atomic weight of metal?

    The electrolytic decomposition of dilute sulphuric acid with platinum electrode, cathodic reaction is :

    When an aqueous solution of H 2 SO 4 is electrolysed, the product at anode is :

    If Pt is used as cathode in the electrolysis of aqueous NaCl solution, the ion produced at cathode is :

    A dilute aqueous solution of CuSO 4 is electrolyzed using platinum electrodes. The products at the anode and cathode are :

    Passage of a current for 548 seconds through a silver coulometer results in the deposition of 0.746 g of silver. What is the current (jn A)?

    What products are formed during the electolysis of concentrated aqueous solution of sodium chloride? (I) Cl 2 (g) at anode (II) NaOH as electrolyte (III) H 2 (g) at cathode

    Beryllium occurs naturally in the form of beryl. The metal is produced from its ore by electrolysis after the ore has been converted to the oxide and then to the chloride. How many grams of Be(s) is deposited from a BeCl 2 solution by a current of 5.0 A that flows for 1.0 h? (Atomic weight : Be = 9)

    Which of the following aqueous solution produces metal after electrolysis ?

    Which one of the following metals can not be obtained on electrolysis of aqueous solution of its salts ?

    The element indium is to be obtained by electrolysis of a molten halide of the element. Passage of a current of 3.20 A for a period of 40.0 min results in formation of 3.05 g of In. What is the oxidation state of indium in the halide melt

    Use of electrolysis is in :

    A current of 9.65 ampere is passed through 0.2 M,500 mL aqueous solution of CuSO 4 using Cu-electrode for 300 sec. than calculate [Cu 2+ ] concentration in the resulting solution. If volume of solution remains constant:

    How much time is required for complete decomposition of two moles of water using 4 ampere?

    If electrolysis of CuSO 4 solution is carried out with 100g impure Cu as anode of 90% purity and pure Cu of mass 1009 as cathode by passing 2 amp. current for 9650 sec. Then mass of cathode and anode will be: (At. mass of Cu = 63)

    The function of a salt bridge is to :

    The Nernst equation E = E o -RT /nF lnQ indicates that the Q will be equal to equilibrium constant K c when

    Select the correct cell reaction of the cell Pt ( s ) Cl 2 ( g ) Cl − ( aq ) ∥ Ag + ( aq ) ∣ Ag ( s ) :

    Select the correct cell reaction of the cell Ag ( s ) | | Ag + ( aq ) ∥ Cu 2 + ( aq ) ∣ Cu ( s ) :

    Zn can displace :

    The element which can displace three other halogens from their compound is :

    Which of the following is displaced by Fe?

    What will be the emf for the given cell? Pt H 2 g , P 1 H + ( aq ) H 2 g , P 2 Pt

    Thermodynamic efficiency of a cell is given by :

    When a lead storage battery is charged it acts as :

    Which of the following statement is false for fuel cells?

    The metal that forms a self-protecting film of oxide to prevent corrosion is :

    Rusting of iron is catalyzed by which of the following ?

    In electrochemical corrosion of metals, the metal undergoing corrosion :

    Which of the following is a highly corrosive salt ?

    Rusting of iron is:

    Electrolytic conduction is due to the movement of :

    When an acid cell is charged, then :

    Molten sodium chloride conducts electricity due to the presence of :

    The relation among conductance (G), specific conductance (r) and cell constant (l/A) is :

    Molar conductivity of a solution of an electrolyte AB 3 is 150 scm 2 mol -1 . If it ionises as AB 3 ⟶ A 3 + + 3 B − , its equivalent conductivity will be :

    The resistance of 0.1 N solution of formic acid is 200 ohm and cell constant is 2.0 cm -1 . The equivalent conductivity (in Scm 2 eq -1 ) of 0.1 N formic acid is:

    Equivalent conductance can be expressed in terms of specific conductance (k) and concentration (N) in gram equivalent dm -3 as :

    The ionic conductivity of Ba 2+ and Cl – at infinite dilution are 127 and 76 ohm -1 cm 2 eq -1 , respectively. The equivalent conductivity of BaCl 2 at infinity dilution (in ohm -1 cm 2 eq -1 ) would be :

    Equivalent conductivity of Fe 2 (SO 4 ), is related to molar conductivity by the expression :

    Resistance of 0.1 M KCl solution in a conductance cell is 300 ohm and conductivity is 0.013 Scm -1 . The value of cell constant is :

    The limiting equivalent conductivity of NaCl, KCI and KBr are 126.s, 150.0 and151.5 scm 2 eq -1 , respectively. The limiting equivalent ionic conductance for Br – is 78 S cm 2 eq -1 . The limiting equivalent ionic conductance for Na + ions would be :

    Λ AgCl ∞ can be obtained :

    The increase in equivalent conductance of a weak electrolyte with dilution is due to :

    Strong electrolytes are those which :

    The electric conduction of a salt solution in water depends on the :

    The conductivity of a strong electrolyte :

    HNO 3 (aq) is titrated with NaOH(aq) conducto metrically, graphical representation of the titration as :

    Conductometric titration curve of a equimolar mixture of a HCI and HCN with NaOH (ag) is :

    A graph was plotted between molar conductivity of various electrolytes (NaCl, HCI and NH 4 OH) and C (in mol L -1 ). Correct setting :

    Which of the following plots will obtained for a conductometric titration of strong acid against a weak base?

    Solutions Questions for CBSE Class 12th

    Moles of Na 2 SO 4 to be dissolved in 12 mole water to lower its vapour pressure by 10 mm Hg at a temperature at which vapour pressure of pure water is 50 mm is:

    What is osmolarity of a 0.20 M KCl solution?

    Estimate the lowering of vapour pressure due to the solute (glucose) in a 1.0 M aqueous solution at 100 o C

    Study of boiling points is called Ebullioscopy. Ebullioscopic constant depends on

    A solution has 1 : 4 mole ratio of pentane to hexane. The vapour pressure of pure hydrocarbons at 20 o C are 440 mmHg for pentane and 120 mmHg for hexane. The mole fraction of pentane in vapour phase would be:

    The lubricating action of an oil is more if it possess:

    Total vapour pressure of mixture of 1 mol A ( p A 0 = 150 torr ) and 2 mol B ( p B 0 = 240 torr ) is 200 torr. In this case

    Benzene ( C 6 H 6 , 78 g/mol) and toluene ( C 7 H 8 , 92 g/mol) form an ideal solution. At 60 o C the vapour pressure of pure benzene and pure toluene are 0.507 atm and 0.184, respectively. The mole fraction of benzene in a solution of these two chemicals that has a vapour pressure of 0.350 atm at 60 o C

    The vapour pressure of pure liquid A is 10 torr and at the same temperature when 1 g of B solid is dissolved in 20 g of A, its vapour pressure is reduced to 9.0 torr. If the Molecular mass of A is 200 amu, then the molecular mass of B is

    The vapour pressure of pure liquid solvent is 0.50 atm. When a non-volatile solute B is added to the solvent, its vapour pressure drops to 0.30 atm. Thus, mole fraction of the component B is

    The freezing point of equimolal aqueous solution will be highest for:

    Two volatile liquids ‘A’ and ‘B’ are mixed in the mole ratio 2 : 3. Vapour pressure of pure liquid ‘A’ is 600 mm Hg and pure liquid ‘B’ is 400 mm Hg. Mole fraction of ‘B’ in vapour phase will be

    4 litres of 2.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.33 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.4 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated uni-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 65% dissociated Sodium sulphate solution is

    10% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    40% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    Raoult’s law is obeyed by each constituent of a binary liquid solution when:

    Two liquids A and B have P A ∘ and P B ∘ in the ratio of 1 : 3 and the ratio of number of moles of A and B in liquid phase are 1 : 3 then mole fraction of ? in vapour phase in equilibrium with the solution is equal to:

    A cylinder fitted with a movable piston contains liquid water in equilibrium with water vapour pressure at 25 o C. Which of the following operation results in a decrease in the equilibrium vapour pressure at 25 o C?

    The degree of dissociation of an electrolyte is α and its van’t Hoff factor is i. The number of ions .obtained by complete dissociation of 1 molecule of the electrolyte is :

    A very diluted saturated solution of a sparingly soluble salt X 3 Y 4 has a vapour pressure of 20 mm Hg at temperature I while pure water exerts a pressure of 20.0126 mm Hg at the same temperature. Calculate molality (m) at temperature I:

    The boiling point elevation constant for toluene is 3.32 K kg mol -1 . The normal boiling point of toluene is 110.7 o C. The enthalpy of vaporisation of toluene would be nearly:

    A compound has the empirical formula C 10 H 8 Fe. A solution of 0.26 g of the compound in 11.2 g of benzene (C 6 H 6 ) boils at 80.26 o C. The boiling point of benzene is 80.10 o C; the K b is 2.53’C/mo1al. What is the molecular formula of the compound?

    Which condition is not satisfied by an ideal solution?

    Vapour pressure of two pure liquids A and B are 450 mm and 700 mm Hg respectively at 623 0 C . If the total vapour pressure of the liquid mixture is 600 mm then the mole fraction of ‘A’ in vapour phase is equal to

    Which one of the following electrolytes has the same value of van’t Hoff factor (i) as that of Al 2 SO 4 3 (if all are 100 % ionised)?

    The freezing point depression constant ( K f ) of benzene is 5.12 K kg mol – 1 . The freezing point depression for the solution of molality 0.078 m containing a non-electrolyte solute in benzene is (rounded off up to two decimal places):

    What is the concentration of O 2 in a fresh water stream in equilibrium with air at 30 o C and 2.0 bar? Given, K H (Henry’s law constant) of O 2 = 2 .0 × 10 – 3 mol/kg bar at 30 o C .

    If 25 ml of 0.25 M NaCl solution is diluted with water to a volume of 500 ml then new concentration of the solution is

    The vapour pressure of a liquid in a closed container depends upon

    An ideal solution has two components A and B. If A is more volatile than B and also P A o > P T , then the correct relation between mole fraction of A in liquid (X) and vapour (Y) phase is:

    Which of the following is correct for a solution showing positive deviations from Raoult’s law?

    Water and ethanol form non-ideal solution with positive deviation from Raoult’s law. This solution will have vapour pressure

    The vapour pressure of the solution of two liquids A ( p o = 80 mm ) and B ( p o = 120 mm ) is found to be 100 mm when X A = 0 .4 . The result shows that

    Mixture of volatile components A and B has total vapour pressure (in torr) p = 254 — 119 X A where X A is mole fraction of A in mixture. Hence p A o and p B o are (in torr)

    The freezing point of a solution containing 50 cm 3 of ethylene glycol in 50 g of water is found to be − 34 o C . Assuming ideal behaviour, calculate the density of ethylene glycol ( K f for water = 1.86 K kg mol – 1 )

    Which statement is false?

    The process of getting fresh water from sea water is known as

    x g of a non-electrolytic compound (molar mass = 200) is dissolved in 1.0 litre of 0.05 M NaCl solution. The osmotic pressure of this solution is found to be 4.92 atm at 27 o C . Calculate the value of ‘x’. Assume complete dissociation of NaCl and ideal behaviour of this solution.

    A 5.25% solution of a substance is isotonic with a 1.5% solution of rea (molar mass = 60 g mol – 1 ) in the same solvent. If the densities of both the solutions are assumed to be equal to 1.0 g cm – 3 , molar mass of the substance will be :

    The solution containing 4.0 gm of a polyvinyl chloride polymer in 1 litre of dioxane was found to have an osmotic pressure 6 .0 × 10 − 4 atmosphere at 300 K, the value of R used is 0.082 litre atmosphere mole − 1 K − 1 . The molecular mass of the polymer was found to be

    The freezing point of 0.2 molal K 2 SO 4 is − 1.1 o C . Calculate percentage degree of dissociation of K 2 SO 4 . K f for water is 1 . 86 o

    If a 6.84% (wt./vol.) solution of cane-sugar (mol. Wt. = 342) is isotonic with 1.52% (wt./vol.) solution of thiocarbamide, then the molecular weight of thiocarbamide is

    For 0.1 M solution, the colligative property will follow the order

    The van’t Hoff factor i for an infinitely dilute solution of N a H S O 4 is:

    1 mol each of following solutes are taken in 5 mol water, (A) NaCl (B) K 2 SO 4 (C) Na 3 PO 4 (D) glucose Assuming 100% ionisation of the electrolyte, relative decrease in vapour pressure will be in order:

    Aluminium phosphate is 100% ionised in 0.01 molal aqueous solution. Hence, ΔT b / K b is:

    A solution of crab haemocyanin, a pigmented protein extracted from crabs, was prepared by dissolving 0.750 g in 125 c m 3 of an aqueous medium. At 4 o C an osmotic pressure rise of 2.6 mm of the solution was observed. The solution has a density of 1.00 g / c m 3 . Determine the molecular weight of the protein.

    1.0 molal aqueous solution of an electrolyte X 3 Y 2 is 25% ionized. The boiling point of the solution is ( K b for H 2 O = 0 .52 K kg/mol )

    Which of the following aqueous solutions has osmotic pressure nearest to that of an equimolar solution of K 4 [ Fe ( CN ) 6 ]

    For an ideal solution containing a non-volatile solute, which of the following expression is correctly represented? Where m is the molality of the solution and K b is molal elevation constant.

    Statement A: The boiling and melting points of amides are higher than corresponding acids. Statement B: It is due to strong intermolecular hydrogen bonding in their molecules.

    The units of Molarity are

    To change the molal concentration to one half, one of the following should be adopted

    P A and P B are the vapour pressure of pure liquid components A and B respectively of an ideal binary solution .If X A represents the mole fraction of component A, the total vapour pressure solution will be

    At 300 K, osmotic pressure of a deci molar solution of Sodium sulphate was observed to be 3.695 atmospheres. Degree of ionization of Sodium sulphate is

    The molality of a urea solution in which 0.0100 g of urea,[(NH 2 ) 2 CO] is added to 0.3000 dm 3 of water at STP is

    Which of the following is true about the liquid solution?

    If two bottles A and B contain I M and 1 m aqueous solution of sulphuric acid respectively,

    Which of the following statements is true about Henry’s law?

    The solubility of N 2 in water at 300 K and 500 torr partial pressure, is 0.01g L -1 .The solubility in (g L -1 ) at 750 torr partial pressure is

    Which of the following statements is not true?

    Anoxia is a condition, generally seen in climbers because of

    100 ml of 2 M acidified potassium permanganete completely oxidizes 100 ml of potassium iodide in faint alkaline medium. Molarity of potassium iodide solution is

    Among the following, the azeotropic mixture is

    When concentration of a salt solution is increased,

    A 5% solution (by mass) of cane sugar in water has freezing point = 271 K and freezing point of pure water rs 273.15 K. The freezing point of a 5% solution (by mass) of glucose in water is

    Osmosis is the process of movement of solvent particles

    Solutions A, B, C and D are respectively 0.1 M glucose, 0.05 M NaCl, 0.05 M BaCl 2 and 0.1 M AlCl 3 . Which one of the following pairs is isotonic?

    K f for water is 1.86 K kg mol -1 . If your automobile radiator holds 1.0 kg of water, how many grams of ethylene glycol (C 2 H 6 O 2 ) must you add to get the freezing point of the solution lowered to -2.8 o C ?

    Which of the following will have same value of van’t Hoff factor as that of Al 2 (SO 4 ) 3 ?

    During the depression of freezing point experiment an equilibrium is established between the molecules of

    The difference between the boiling point and freezing point of an aqueous solution containing sucrose (molecular weight = 3429 mol -1 ) in 100 g of water is 105.0 o C. If K b and K 6 of water are 1.86 and 0.51 K kg mol -1 respectively, the weight of sucrose in the solution is about

    6 g of a compound exerts the same osmotic pressure as that of 0.05 M glucose solution. Find out the molecular formula of the compound if empirical formula of non-electrolyte is CH 2 O.

    The van’t Hoff factor (r) for a compound which undergoes dissociation in one solvent and association in other solvent is respectively

    The elevation in boiling point of a solution is 13.44 g of CuCl 2 in 1 kg of water using the following information will be (molecular weight of CuCl 2 =134.4 and K b = 0.52 Km -1 ).

    The molar mass of the solute, sodium hydroxide obtained from the measurement of the osmotic pressure of its aqueous solution at 27 o C is 25 g mol -1 . Therefore, its ionisation percentage in this solution is

    Find out the osmotic pressure of 0.1 M monobasic acid, if pH = 2.0 at 25 o C.

    Select the incorrect statements about solubility.

    Statement 1: Freezing point of solvent is more than that of solution. Statement 2: When non-volatile solid is added to the solvent, its vapour pressure increases and become equal to solid solvent at the lower temperature.

    Match the items of Column I with Column II. Column I (Concentrations term) Column II (Factor on concentration term depends) A. Molarity p. Dependent upon temperature B. Molality q. Not depend upon volume C. Mass per cent r. Depend upon volume of solution D. Volume per cent s. Depend upon moles of solute

    Select the correct statements.

    Statement 1: The molecular weight of acetic acid determined by depression in freezing point method in benzene and water was found to be different. Statement 2: Water is polar and benzene is non-polar.

    Two beakers of capacity 500 mL were taken. One of these beakers, labelled as A, was filled with 400 mL water, whereas the other beaker is labelled as ‘B’ was filled with 400 mL of 2 M solution of NaCl. At the same temperature both the beakers were placed in closed containers of same material and same capacity as shown in figure. At a given temperature, which of the following statement is correct about the vapour pressure of pure water and that of NaCl solution?

    Which one of them is more volatile component?

    Statement 1: When methyl alcohol is added to water, boiling point of water increases. Statement 2: When a volatile solute is added to a volatile solvent, elevation in boiling point is observed.

    Inter molecular forces between two benzene molecules are nearly of same strength as those between two toluene molecules. For a mixture of benzene and toluene, which of the following are not true?

    Colligative properties depend on

    Which is the correct statement for positive deviation of solution from Raoult’s law?

    Two volatile liquids ‘A’ and ‘B’ are mixed in the mole ratio 2 : 3. Vapour pressure of pure liquid ‘A’ is 600 mm Hg and pure liquid ‘B’ is 400 mm Hg. Mole fraction of ‘B’ in vapour phase will be

    At 300 K, 0.3 M sucrose solution is isotonic with 0.15 M KCl solution. Degree of dissociation of KCl in the solution is

    2 litre of 0.25 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litre of 0.25 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4.5 litres of 1.5 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    4.5 litres of 1.5 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    4 litres of 1 M KOH is diluted to 0.05 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    4 litres of 1 M KOH is diluted to 0.05 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.15 litres of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1.5 litres of 2 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    20 litre of 10 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 2 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    4 litre of 0.125 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 8 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    1 litre of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    75 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 12 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 10 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 0.2 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M monoacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    37.5 ml of ‘X’ M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 3 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    37.5 ml of ‘X’ M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 3 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    0.5 litres of 1 M HCl and 0.3 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to two litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre each of 0.1 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to ten litres. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre of 0.2 M NaOH and 2 litres 0.4 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to ten litres. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre of 0.2 M NaOH and 2 litres 0.4 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to ten litres. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    300 ml of 4 M HCl and 200 ml of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    300 ml of 3 M HCl and 200 ml of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    300 ml of 3 M HCl and 200 ml of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    800 ml of 1 M HCl and 200 ml of 2 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated bi-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 15% dissociated Potassium phosphate solution is

    40% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    For the dissociation of PCl 5 s into PCI 3 and CI 2 , in gaseous phase reaction, if d is the observed vapour density and D the theoretical vapour density with α as degree of dissociation. Variation of D/d with ‘ α is given by which graph?

    For an ideal binary liquid solution with P A ∘ > P B ∘ , which relation between X A (mole fraction of A in liquid phase) and Y A (mo1e fraction of A in vapour phase) is correct ?

    The solubility of a specific non-volatile salt is 4 g in 100 g of water at 25 o C. If 2.0 g, 4.0 g and 6.0 g of the salt added of 100 g of water at 25 o C, in system X, y and Z. The vapour pressure would be in the order:

    Two liquids A and B have vapour pressure in the ratio P A ∘ : P B ∘ = 1 : 3 at a certain temperature. Assume A and B form an ideal solution and the ratio of mole fractions of A to B in the vapour phase is 4 : 3. Then the mole fraction of B in the solution at the same temperature is :

    Which is correct statement?

    When a liquid that is immiscible with water was steam distilled at 95.2.C at a total pressure of 748 tort the distillate contained 1.25 g of the liquid per gram of water. The vapour pressure of water is 648 toff at 95.2 o C, what is the molar mass of liquid?

    Water and chlorobenzene are immiscible liquids. Their mixture boils at 89 o C under a reduced pressure of 7.7 x 10 4 Pa. The vapour pressure of pure water at 89 o C is 7 x 10 4 pa. Weight per cent of chlorobenzene in the distillate is :

    A solution of 0.640 g of azulene in 100.0 g of benzene boils at 80.23 o C. The boiling point of benzene is 80.10’C; the K b is 2.53 o C/molal. what is the molecular weight of azulene?

    Molality of 110 grams of aqueous solution containing 10 grams of caustic soda is

    0.1 moles of Barium hydroxide is dissolved in a 400 ml solution. Normality of the solution is—–N

    Of the following 0.10 m aqueous solutions, which one will exhibit the largest freezing point depression?

    All the following liquid mixtures show negative deviations from Raoult’s law except

    Which of them is not equal to zero for an ideal solution?

    Henry’s constant of Argon gas at 298K temperature is 40kbar. Calculate the weight of Argon dissolved in 1000 grams of water when packed at a pressure of 7.2 bar and 298 K .

    Statement I : Solubility of Helium in blood is more than that of Nitrogen Statement II : Henry’s law constant increases with increase in temperature.

    Consider the solutions given below. The solution with least freezing point is

    Molarity of 0.5N Potassium ferrocyanide solution is

    Vapour pressure of water at certain temperature is 90mm Hg. 6 grams of a non–volatile solute (molar mass – 180g) is dissolved in 180 grams of water. Vapour pressure of solution at that temperature would be

    Freezing point of 0.1 M aqueous solution of Calcium nitrate cannot be

    If 8 g of a non-electrolyte solute is dissolved in 114 g of n-octane to reduce its vapour pressure to 80%, the molar mass (in g mol – 1 ) of the solute is [Given that molar mass of n-octane is 114 g mol – 1 ]

    The major products C and D formed in the following reaction respectively are H 3 C − CH 2 − CH 2 − O − C CH 3 3 excessHl Δ C + D

    Mole fraction of water vapour in moist air is 0.05. If the total pressure of moist air is 1.8 atm then the partial pressure of dry air will be

    Weight of Na 2 CO 3 which can neutralize 500ml of 0.1M H 2 SO 4 solution is

    A) Molality B) Mole fraction C) Lowering of Vapour pressure (LVP) D) Relative lowering of vapour pressure (RLVP) From the above list identify the property which is influenced by temperature

    Molality of a solution is 1m. If the density of the solution is 0.8g/cc, the molarity of the solution will be (molar mass of solute = 80g)

    Two volatile liquids A and B are mixed in the mole ratio 2:3 . Calculate the vapour pressure of pure A if the vapour pressure of pure B is 200mm Hg and the total vapour pressure is 300mm Hg

    A solution of Al 2 ( SO 4 ) 3 [ d = 1 .253 gm / ml ] contain 22% salt by weight. The molarity, normality and molality of the solution is

    Pressure cooker reduces cooking time for food because

    Following data has been given for CO 2 for the concentration in H 2 O . Temperature Henry’s constant Pressure 273 K 600 atm 0.30 atm 333 K 3400 atm p 2 If solution of CO 2 in H 2 O is heated from 273 to 333 K, pressure ( p 2 ) needed to keep CO 2 in the solution is

    A solid dissolves in water if

    The boiling points of C 6 H 6 , CH 3 OH , C 6 H 5 NH 2 and C 6 H 5 NO 2 are 80 o C , 65 o C , 184 o C and 212 o C respectively. Which of the following will have highest vapour pressure at room temperature?

    According to William Henry; the solubility of a gas in liquid depends on the pressure of the gas. If ‘m’ is the molality of the gas and ‘P’ is its pressure then which of the following plot is in accordance with the law:

    Given P-x curve for a non-ideal liquid mixture (Fig.). Identify the correct T-x curve for the same mixture.

    Which of the following plots does not represent the behaviour of an ideal binary liquid solution?

    Which of the following is less than zero for ideal solutions?

    If vapour pressures of pure liquids ‘A’ & ‘B’ are 300 and 800 torr respectively at 25 o C . When these two liquids are mixed at this temperature to form a solution in which mole percentage of ‘B’ is 92, then the total vapour pressure is observed to be 0.95 atm. Which of the following is true for this solution.

    If liquid A and B form ideal solution, then:

    The mole fraction of toluene in vapour phase which is in equilibrium with a solution of benzene and toluene having a mole fraction of toluene 0.500 is (vapour pressure of pure benzene and pure toluene are 119 torn and 37.0 torn respectively at the same temperature).

    At 334 K the vapour pressure of benzene ( C 6 H 6 ) is 0.526 atm and that of toluene ( C 7 H 8 ) is 0.188 atm. In a solution containing 0.500 mole of benzene and 0.500 mole of toluene, what is the vapour pressure of toluene above the solution at 334 K?

    The mass of a non-volatile solute (molecular mass = 40) which should be dissolved in 114 g octane to reduce its vapour pressure to 80% will be

    Colligative properties depend on the number of solute particles present in the solution. Osmotic pressure of 60% ionized 0.1M BaCl 2 solution at 27 0 c is

    100ml of decimolar sulphuric acid is diluted to one litre. Proton concentration of the solution is

    18 g of glucose is dissolved in 180 grams of water. Vapour pressure of solution is 178.2 mm . Vapour pressure of water at the same temperature will be

    In the following solutions, the solution with highest vapour pressure is

    The freezing point of one molal NaCl solution assuming NaCl to be 100% dissociated in water is (molal depression constant = 1.86)

    When a solution containing w g of urea in 1 kg of water is cooled to − 0 .372 o C , 200 g of ice is separated. If K f for water is 1.86 K kg mol – 1 , w is

    The osmotic pressure of blood is 7.65 atm. at 310 K. An aqueous solution of glucose which is isotonic with blood has the percentage (wt./volume)

    Which has maximum osmotic pressure at temperature T K?

    A 5.8% (wt./vol.) NaCl solution will exert an osmotic pressure closest to which one of the following:

    0.5 normal sugar solution is isotonic with

    The order of osmotic pressure of equimolar solutions of BaCl 2 , NaCl and glucose will be :

    The degree of dissociation ( α ) of weak electrolyte A x B y is related to van’t Hoff factor (i) by the expression

    Which has the highest boiling point?

    A complex of iron and cyanide ions is 100% ionised at 1m (molal). If its elevation in b.p. is 2.08. Then the complex is ( K b = 0 .52 o mol − 1 kg ) :

    Aqueous solution of barium phosphate which is 100% ionised has ΔT f / K f as 0.05 . Hence, given solution is

    The fraction of phenol dimerised in benzene if 20 g of phenol in 1 kg benzene exhibits a freezing point depression of 0.69 K. (K f benzene = 5.12 ) , (MW phenol = 94). What is the value of Van’t Hoff for (i) in this reaction?

    The ratio of the value of any colligative property for K 4 [ Fe ( CN ) 6 ] solution to that of Fe 4 [ Fe ( CN ) 6 ] 3 (prussian blue), solution is nearly

    To halve the molarity of a solution the following should be adopted

    Which of the following acid has the same molecular weight and equivalent weight

    0.1 gram mole of urea is dissolved in 100g. of water. The molality of the solution is

    Example of solid foam is

    A molecule ‘M’ associates in a given solvent according to the equation M ⇌ ( M ) n for a certain concentration of ‘M’ , the van’t hoff factor was found to be 0.9 and the fraction of associated molecules was 0.2, the value of n is

    At 298 K, 6 grams of urea is dissolved in 90 grams of water. Relative lowering of vapour pressure of the solution is

    Boiling point is highest for (assume 100% ionization)

    Molefraction of solute in 0.1 molal aqueous solution will be

    Respiratory kit of Scuba divers contain X% of Nitrogen, Y% of Oxygen and Z% of Helium. Correct relation between X, Y and Z is

    At 298 K, 34.2 grams of sucrose is dissolved in 180 grams of water. Relative lowering of vapour pressure of solution will be

    Which of the following is the correct example of solid solution in which the solute is in gas phase?

    If at certain temperature, the ;pour pressure of pure water is 25 mm of Hg and that of a very dilute aqueous urea solution is 24.5 mm of Hg, the molality of solution is

    At 300 K two pure liquids A and B have 150 mm Hg and 100 mmHg vapour pressures, respectively. In an equimolar liquid mixture of A and B, the mole fraction of B in the vapour mixture at this temperature is

    1.26 g of the protein is present in the aqueous solution of 200 cm 3 .Calculate the molar mass of the protein,if the osmotic pressure of such solution is 2.57 x 10 -3 bar at 300 K.

    The correct statement about semipermeable membrane is

    Select the correct statement.

    The van’t Hoff factor of BaCl 2 at 0.01 M concentration is 1.98. The percentage of dissociation of BaCl 2 at this concentration is

    Arrange the following aqueous solutions in the order of their increasing boiling points. I. 10 – 2 MNaCl II. 10 – 3 M MgCl 2 III. 10 – 4 M Urea IV. 10 – 4 M NaCl

    Which of the following has least freezing point?

    lnterpret the correct statement for the following figure.

    A 6% solution of urea is isotonic with

    What is the freezing point of a solution containing 8.1 g HBr in 100 g of water. Assuming the acid to be 90% ionised? (K f for water = 1.86 K kg mol -1 )

    Arrange the following in the increasing order of their solubility in n-octane based on solute-solvent interactions.

    The vapour pressure lowering caused by the addition of 100 g of sucrose (molecular mass = 3429 mol -1 ) to 1000 g of water, if the vapour pressure of water at 25 o C is 23.8 mm of Hg is

    Vapour pressure of pure benzene is 119 torr and that of toluene is 37.0 torr at the same temperature. Mole fraction of toluene in vapour phase which is in equilibrium with 8 solution of benzene and toluene having a mole fraction of toluene 0.50, will be

    Here A, B C can be respectively,

    Solvent is the component of a solution

    The order of boiling points of four equimolar aqueous solutions is C < B < A < l). The correct order of their freezing points is

    In the graph given below, what does the slope of the line represent ?

    In case of which type of solution concentration of solute shows its solubility?

    A 5.2 molal aqueous solution of methyl alcohol, CH 3 OH is supplied. What is the mole fraction of methyl alcohol in the solution ?

    For a dilute solution containing 2.5 g of a non-volatile non-electrolyte solute in 100 g of water, the elevation in boiling point a 1 atm pressure is 2 o C. Assuming concentration of solute is much lower than the concentration of solvent, the vapour pressure (mm of Hg) of the solution is (take K b = 0.76K kg mol -1 )

    Select the incorrect statement.

    one component of a solution follows Raoult’s law over the entire range 0 ≤ x 1 ≤ 1 . The second component must follow Raoult’s law in the range when x 2 is

    The total pressure (p total ) over the solution phase in the container will be the sum of the partial pressures of the components of the solution. This statement to belongs

    Identify the phase of solute and solvent among the options are given below, for a solution as amalgam of mercury with sodium.

    0.01 M solution of KCI and BaCl 2 are prepared in water. The freezing point of KCl is found to be -2 o C. What is the freezing point of BaCl 2 to be completely ionised?

    Match the items of Column I with Column II. Column I (Example of solution) Column II (Type of solution) A. Sucrose solution p. Either solute or solvent is liquid B. Air q. Solid solution C. Brass r. Homogeneous mixture D. Amalgam s. Gaseous solution

    Which of the following statements are true about osmotic pressure? I. Flow of solvent from solution across a semipermeable membrane can be stopped, if some extra pressure is applied on solution. II. It is the pressure that stops the flow of solvent towards solution. III. It is the pressure that follow flows of solvent across the semipermeable membrane.

    Statement 1: 1 . 575 g H 2 C 2 O 4 2 H 2 O in 250 mL solution makes it 0.1 N. Statement 2: H 2 C 2 O 4 . 2 H 2 O is a dihydrate organic acid.

    Match the terms given in Column I with expression given in Column II. Select an appropriate answer from the codes given below. Column I Column II A. Isotonic solution 1. Salt concentration is less than 0.9% (m/V), water will flow into cell and it will swell. B. Hypertonic solution 2. Salt concentration is more than 0.9% (m/V) NaCl, water will flow out of cell and the cell will shrink. C. Hypotonic solution 3. No osmosis occurs, if solution is separated by semipermeable membrane.

    The air is a mixture of a number of gases. The major components of air are oxygen and nitrogen with approximate proportion of 20% to 79% by volume at 298 K. The water is in equilibrium with air at a pressure of 10 atm. At 298 K, if the Henry’s law constants for oxygen and nitrogen are 330 x 10 7 mm and 6.51 x 10 7 mm respectively, calculate the composition of these gases in water.

    Compartments A and B have the following combinations of solution. Answer the following questions on this basis. The solutions in which compartment B is hypertonic are

    Henry’s law constant for the solubility of methane in benzene at 298 K is 4.27 x 10 5 mm Hg. Calculate the solubility of methane in benzene at 298K under 760 mmHg.

    The diagram given below represents the vapour pressure and mole fraction of an ideal solution of component 1 and 2. Answer the following questions. What does lines I, II and III indicate?

    Determine the osmotic pressure of the solution prepared by dissolving 25 mg of K 2 SO 4 in 2L of water at 25 o C. (Assuming it is to be completely dissociated)

    If two liquids A and B form minimum boiling azeotrope at some specific composition then

    In comparison to a 0.01 M solution of glucose, the depression in freezing point of a 0.01 M MgCl 2 solution is

    4L of 0.02 M aqueous solution of NaCl was diluted by adding 1 L of water. The molarity of the resultant solution is

    Which of the following binary mixtures will have same composition in liquid and vapour phase?

    For a binary ideal liquid solution, the variation in total vapour pressure versus composition of solution is given by which of the curves?

    Soft drinks and soda water bottles are sealed under high pressure

    van’t Hoff factor for benzoic acid in benzene undergoing 80% dimerization is

    Find the value of mole fraction of the solute when vapour pressure of glucose is 750 mm Hg at 373 K in dilute solution.

    If A and B are two components of an ideal solution. Y is molefraction in vapour phase. Total vapour pressure of an ideal solution is represented as P s = 150 + 50 X A mm Hg at 25°C. at If X B = 0.4 then select the incorrect statement.

    Boiling point of 0.2m urea solution will be ( K b of water is 0.52 K Kg mole – 1 )

    Boiling point of 1 m sucrose solution will be ( K b of water is 0.52 K Kg mole – 1 )

    1 litre of 0.5 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litre of 0.25 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litre of 0.25 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litre of 0.25 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    10 litre of 1 M HCl is diluted to 40 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    10 litre of 0.5 M HCl is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    1 litre of 0.5 M HCl is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4.5 litres of 1.5 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 1 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    20 litre of 10 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 2 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    20 litre of 10 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 2 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    20 litre of 10 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 2 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    20 litre of 10 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 2 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litre of 0.25 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litre of 0.25 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litre of 0.25 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litre of 0.25 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    1 litre of 0.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litres of 1.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    75 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 12 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.4 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 15 ml of 4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 15 ml of 4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 15 ml of 4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4.5 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4.5 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 180 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 15 ml of 4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 15 ml of 4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 15 ml of 4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    125 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 2.5 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 5 litres of ‘X’ M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    75 ml of ‘X’ M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 12 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    75 ml of ‘X’ M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 12 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    75 ml of ‘X’ M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 12 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.5 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.5 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.5 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    150 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 450 ml of ‘X’ M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    150 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 450 ml of ‘X’ M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    37.5 ml of ‘X’ M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 3 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    37.5 ml of ‘X’ M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 3 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.6 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.4 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre of 0.6 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.4 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 0.3 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.1 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 0.3 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    0.3 litres each of 1 M HCl and 2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to one litre. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    0.5 litres of 1 M HCl and 0.3 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to two litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    0.3 litres each of 1 M HCl and 2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to one litre. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    0.5 litres of 1 M HCl and 0.3 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to two litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre each of 0.2 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to ten litres. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 0.6 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to ten litres. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 0.6 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to ten litres. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    6 litres of 1 M HCl and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 2 M HCl and 1 litre of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    4 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    800 ml of 1 M HCl and 200 ml of 2 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 65% dissociated NaCl solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated NaCl solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 40% dissociated Potassium sulphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 75% dissociated Barium nitrate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated Aluminium fluoride solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 25% dissociated AlF 3 solution is

    20% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    60% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    60% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    85% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    85% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    85% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    40% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    40% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    90% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    An ideal solution is formed by mixing two volatile liquids A and B. X A and X B are the mole fractions of A and B respectively in the solution and Yo and Y, are the mole fractions of A and B respectively in the vapour phase. A plot of 1 Y A along y-axis against, along x-axis gives a 1 X A straight line. What is the slope of the straight line ?

    For a dilute solution, Raoult’s law states that:

    An ideal solution was found to have a vapour pressure of 80 torr when the mole fraction of a non-volatile solute was 0.2. What would be the vapour pressure of the pure solvent at the same temperature?

    The vapour pressure of an aqueous solution of sucrose at 373 K is found to be 750 mm Hg. The molality of the solution at the same temperature will be :

    At 25 o C, t]le vapour pressure of pure liquid A (mol. wt. = 40) is 100 torr while that of pure liquid B is 40 torr, (mol. wt. – B0). The vapour pressure at 25 o C of a solution containing 20 g of each A and B is:

    If two liquids A ( P A o =100 torr) and B ( P B o =200 torr) are completely immiscible with each other (each one will behave independently of the other) are present in a closed vessel. The total vapour pressure of the system will be:

    Total vapour pressure of mixture of 1 mole of volatile component A ( P B o =100 mm Hg) and 3 mole of volatile component B ( P B o =80 mm Hg) is 90 mm HS For such case:

    Which solution has the highest vapour pressure?

    Four solutions of K 2 SO, with the concentrations 0.1 m, O.O7 m,0.001 m and 0.0001 m are available. The maximum value of colligative property corresponds to :

    The van’t Hoff factor i for an electrolyte which undergoes dissociation and association in solvent are respectively:

    When 1 mole of a solute is dissolved in 1 kg of H 2 O, boiling point of solution was found to be 100.5 o C. K b for H 2 O is:

    Calculate the percentage degree of dissociation of an electrolyte XY 2 (Normal molar mass = 164) in water if the observed molar mass by measuring elevation in boiling point is 65.6:

    Calculate the molecular weight of a substance whose 7.0% by mass solution in water freezes at -0.93 o C. The cryoscopic constant of water is 1.86 o C kg mol -1 :

    Which of the following method of expressing concentration is independent of temperature and has units.

    Mole fraction of water in 46% (w/w) aqueous solution of ethanol is

    Which of the following method of expressing concentration is independent of temperature and has units.

    Mole fraction of water in 46% (w/w) aqueous solution of ethanol is

    24.5 grams of Sulphuric acid is dissolved in a one litre solution. Normality of the solution is…………N

    Molality of 110 grams of aqueous solution containing 10 grams of caustic soda is

    The exact composition of bronze is

    How much percentage of fluoride ions in water prevents tooth decay?

    which of the fallowing compound is used in rat poison?

    The composition of brass is

    which of the fallowing one determine the physical state of the solution?

    Binary solution have

    Solution have

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A A solution of gas in gas i Mixture of oxygen and nitrogen B A solution of solid in liquid ii O 2 dissolved in water C A solution of liquid in liquid iii Amalgam of mercury with sodium D A solution of liquid in solid iv Glucose in water v Ethanol in water Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C D 1 i iv v iii 2 iii ii iv v 3 i iii iv ii 4 i iv ii v

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A A solution of gas in gas i Mixture of oxygen and nitrogen B A solution of solid in liquid ii O 2 dissolved in water C A solution of liquid in liquid iii Amalgam of mercury with sodium D A solution of liquid in solid iv Glucose in water v Ethanol in water Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C D 1 i iv v iii 2 iii ii iv v 3 i iii iv ii 4 i iv ii v

    Intravenous injections are always dissolved in water containing salts at particular ionic concentrations because of

    which of the fallowing component in large excess component in the solution?

    Which of the fallowing concentration term is independent on temperature?

    Mass %, ppm, mole fraction and molality are independent of temperature because

    Which of the following statements about the composition of the vapour over an ideal 1: 1 molar mixture of benzene and toluene is correct? Assume that the temperature is constant at 25 0 C . (Given, vapour pressure data at 25 0 C , benzene =12.8kPa, toluene =3.85 kPa

    For an ideal solution, the correct option is

    At 100 0 C the vapour pressure of a solution of 6 . 5 g of a solute in 100 g water is 732 mm . If k b = 0 . 52 the boiling point of this solution will be

    The mixture that forms maximum boiling azeotrope is

    What is the mole fraction of the solute in a 1.00 m aqueous solution?

    The boiling point of 0.2 mol k g – 1 solution of X in water is greater than equimolal solution of Y in water. Which one of the following statements is true in this case?

    The van’t Hoff factor (i) for a dilute aqueous solution of the strong electrolyte barium hydroxide is

    Which one of the following is incorrect for ideal solution?

    Henry’s law gives a relation between pressure of the gas and its solubility in a particular solvent at constant temperature. At a given temperature, Henry’s law constant is minimum for the following gas when dissolved in water

    Normal molar mass and observed molar mass of a solute dissolved in a solvent are 60g and 80g respectively. True statement about degree of association of the solute in the solution is

    1 mole of a non–volatile solute is dissolved in 360grams of water. Relative lowering of vapour pressure of the solution is

    Vapour pressure of liquid depends on temperature.Which one of the following graph gives correct variation of vapour pressure with temperature (P = vapour pressure of a liquid, T = Absolute temperature)

    Froth flotation is useful in concentrating (A) Galena (B) Sphalerite (C) Copper pyrites (D) Pitch blend

    5.3 grams of Na 2 CO 3 is dissolved in 200ml of a solution. It is diluted by adding 800 ml of water. 100ml of the resulting solution requires ‘V’ ml of 0.02N H 2 SO 4 solution for complete neutralization. ‘V’ is

    Which of the following is not a correct match

    Which one of the following is not a true condition for an ideal solution

    Molality and molarity of solution are 2.5m and 2M respectively. Weight of water present in 900 ml solution will be

    One molal solution of ‘X’ showed a boiling point of 374.3 K. Vanthoff factor of ‘X’ in the solution is ( Molal elevation constant of water is 0 . 52 K Kg mole – 1 )

    Osmotic pressure of 50% ionized 0.1 M KCl solution at 127 0 c will be

    Most suitable substance for the preparation of semi permeable membrane used in reverse osmosis is

    The following graph is plotted by Freundlich for physical adsorption. The correct relation is

    The mixture which shows positive deviation from Raoult’s law is:

    Isotonic solutions have same

    If molality of the dilute solution is doubled, the value of molal depression constant ( K f ) will be

    Which of the following is dependent on temperature?

    Toluene in the vapour phase is in equilibrium with a solution of benzene and toluene having mole fraction of toluene 0.50. If vapour pressure of pure benzene is 119 torr and that of toluene is 37.0 torr at the same temperature, mole fraction of toluene in vapour phase will be :

    Regarding ideal and non ideal solutions, incorrect combination is

    Osmotic pressure of 0.1 M monoprotic acid solution at 300K is 4.926 atm . Percentage of ionization of the acid is

    Vapour pressure of liquid ‘A’ is 400mm Hg and liquid ‘B’ is 600mm Hg. If the V.P of the mixture containing 1:1 mole ratio of ‘A’ and ‘B’ is 504 mm Hg then the incorrect statement is

    A & B form ideal solution. A graph is plotted between Total pressure(y-axis) and Mole fraction(x-axis).From the given data, vapour pressure of pure liquid ‘A’ will be

    Compartment A contains decimolar NaCl at 298 K. Compartment B contains decimolar urea at 298K . Both these solutions are separated by a semi permeable membrane. Then the correct statement is

    Cryoscopic constant of benzene is 5 .12 KKgmole − 1 . Depression of freezing point for 0.0976m solution containing a non–electrolyte solute in benzene is

    Vapour pressure is influenced by many factors. Raoult’s law relates vapour pressure of a liquid with its mole fraction in the solution. False statement among the following is

    Mole fraction of solvent in 5 molal aqueous solution is nearly

    Vapour pressure of pure liquids A & B are 180 mm and 540 mm respectively. Equimolar mixture of A & B is prepared which behaves like an ideal solution. Molefraction of ‘B’ in vapour phase will be

    In the solutions given below, the solution with highest osmotic pressure at 300K will be

    NaCl is dissolved in water . Its molecular weight calculated from elevation of boiling point experiment cannot be

    FeSO 4 + 2 NaOH Fe OH 2 + Na 2 SO 4 . Equivalent weight of FeSO 4 in the given reaction is M = molar mass of FeSO 4

    At certain temperature vapour pressures of four liquids A, B, C, D are 360 mm, 270 mm, 450 mm and 630 mm respectively. Most non-volatile liquid is

    Calculate the masses of cane sugar and water required to prepare 250 grams of 25% cane sugar solution-

    6.02 × 10 20 molecules of urea are present in 200 mL of its solution. The concentration of urea solution is ( N 0 = 6.02 × 10 23 m o l – 1 )

    Calculate the molarity and normality of a solution containing 0.5 g of NaOH dissolved in 500 ml. solution-

    Hardness of a water sample is 100 ppm CaCO 3 . Thus, molarity of CaCO 3 is

    An X molal solution of a compound in benzene has mole fraction of solute = 0.2. The value of X is

    5 ml of N HCl, 20 ml of N/2 H 2 SO 4 and 30 ml of N/3 HNO 3 are mixed together and volume made to one litre. The normality of the resulting solution is

    Which of the following aqueous solutions has the highest concentration of Na + ?

    At 25 o C , the density of 15 M H 2 SO 4 is 1.8 g cm – 3 . Thus, mass percentage of H 2 SO 4 in aqueous solution is

    In what ratio should a 6.5 N HNO 3 be diluted with water to get 3.5 N HNO 3 ?

    The molality of a urea solution in which 0.0100 g of urea, [ ( NH 2 ) 2 CO ] is added to 0.3000 dm 3 of water at STP is

    15 grams of methyl alcohol is dissolved in 35 grams of water. What is the mass percentage of methyl alcohol in solution?

    A 3.5 molal aqueous solution of methyl alcohol ( CH 3 OH ) is supplied. What is the mole fraction of methyl alcohol in the solution?

    In which mode of expression of concentration of a solution remains independent of temperature?

    The density of a solution containing 13% by mass of sulphuric acid is 1.09 g/mL. Calculate the molarity and normality of the solution

    Calculate the molarity of pure water ( d = 1 g / ml )

    Calculate the quantity of sodium carbonate (anhydrous) required to prepare 250 ml 0.1M solution.

    Find the molality of H 2 SO 4 solution whose specific gravity is 1.98 g ml -1 and 95% by volume H 2 SO 4

    20 ml of 0.02 M KMnO 4 was required to completely oxidise 10 ml of oxalic acid solution. What is the molarity of the oxalic acid solution?

    Calculate molality of 1 litre solution of 93% (w/v) H 2 SO 4 (The density of solution is 1.84 g/ml)

    Suppose 5 g of CH 3 COOH is dissolved in one litre of Ethanol. Assume no reaction between them. Calculate molality of resulting solution if density of ethanol is 0.789 g/ml.

    Calculate the molality and mole fraction of the solute in aqueous solution containing 3.0 g of urea per 250 gm of water (Mol. wt. of urea = 60).

    A solution has 25% of water, 25% ethanol and 50% acetic acid by mass. The mole fraction of water,ethanol and acetic acid respectively will be

    Calculate normality of the mixture obtained by mixing 100 ml of 0.1 N HCl and 50 ml of 0.25 N NaOH solution.

    300 ml 0.1 M HCl and 200 ml of 0.03 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed. Calculate the normality of the resulting mixture

    250 mL of a Na 2 CO 3 solution contains 2.65 g of Na 2 CO 3 . 10 mL of this solution is added to X mL of water to obtain 0.001 M Na 2 CO 3 solution. The value of X is:(Molecular mass of Na 2 CO 3 = 106amu)

    A solution contains 1.2046 × 10 24 hydrochloric acid molecules in one dm 3 of the solution. The strength of the solution is

    What weight of oxalic acid ( H 2 C 2 O 4 . 2 H 2 O ) is required to prepare 1,000 mL of N/10 solution?

    Variation of K H (Henry’s law constant) with temperature T is shown by following graphs I — IV. Correct representation is

    Which of the following units is useful in relating concentration of solution with its vapour pressure?

    An unopened soda has an aqueous concentration of CO 2 at 25 o C equal to 0.0408 molal. Thus, pressure of CO 2 gas in the can is ( K H = 0.034 mole/ Kg bar)

    Relation between the volume of gas (2) that dissolves in a fixed volume of solvent (1) and the partial pressure of gas (2) is ( n t = total moles, K 1 and K 2 are Henry’s constants)

    CO(g) is dissolved in H 2 O at 30 o C and 0.020 atm. Henry’s law constant for this system is 6.20 × 10 4 atm. Thus, mole fraction of CO(g) is

    H 2 S gas is used in qualitative analysis of inorganic cations. Its solubility in water at STP is 0.195 mol Kg -1 . Thus, Henry’s law constant ( in atm molal – 1 ) for H 2 S is

    Observe the P-T phase diagrams for a given substance A. Then melting point of A(s), boiling point of A(l), critical point of A and triple point of A (at their respective pressure) are respectively –

    During the evaporation of liquid

    At higher altitudes the boiling point of water lowers because

    The vapour pressure of two liquid P and Q are 80 torr and 60 torr respectively. The total vapour pressure obtained by mixing 3 mole of P and 2 mole of Q would be

    Consider a binary mixture of volatile liquids. If at X A = 0.4 the vapour pressure of solution is 580 torr then the mixture could be ( p A o = 300 torr, p B o = 800 torr ):

    If liquids A and B form an ideal solution

    Mole fraction of toluene in the vapour which is in equilibrium with a solution containing benzene and toluene having 2 moles each is Given: Saturation vapour pressure of benzene = 120 torr, Saturation vapour pressure of toluene = 80 torr

    For an ideal binary liquid solution with p A o > p B o . x A and y A represent the mole fraction of A in liquid phase and vapour phase respectively whereas x B and y B represents the mole fraction of B in liquid phase and vapour phase respectively. Therefore which of the following relation is correct?

    Which of the following shows negative deviation from Raoult’s law?

    A liquid is kept in a closed vessel. If a glass plate (negligible mass) with a small hole is kept on top of the liquid surface, then the vapour pressure of the liquid in the vessel is:

    Given at 350 K p A o = 300 torr and p B o = 800 torr, the composition of the mixture having a normal boiling point of 350 K is:

    Which liquid pair shows a positive deviation from Raoult’s law?

    In mixture A and B, components show negative deviations as:

    Benzene and toluene form nearly ideal solutions. At 20 o C , the vapour pressure of benzene is 75 torr and that of toluene is 22 torr. The partial vapour pressure of benzene at 20 o C for a solution containing 78 g benzene and 46 g toluene in torr is:

    A mixture of ethyl alcohol and propyl alcohol has a vapour pressure of 290 mm at 300 K. The vapour pressure of propyl alcohol is 200 mm. If the mole fraction of ethyl alcohol is 0.6, its vapour pressure (in mm) at the same temperature will be:

    At 80 o C , the vapour pressure of pure liquid ‘A’ is 520 mmHg and that of pure liquid ‘B’ is 1000 mmHg. If a mixture solution of ‘A’ and ‘ B’ boils at 80 o C and 1 atm pressure, the amount of ‘A’ in the mixture is: (1 atm = 760 mmHg):

    The vapour pressure of water at 20 o C is 17.5 mmHg. If 18 g of glucose ( C 6 H 12 O 6 ) is added to 178.2 g of water at 20 o C , the vapour pressure of the resulting solution will be:

    Which combination of following terms is matched correctly? (I) Inter molecular forces (II) Latent heat of vaporisation (III) Vapour pressure

    A binary liquid solution of n-heptane and ethyl alcohol is prepared. Which of the following statements correctly represents the behaviour of this liquid solution?

    For A and B to form an ideal solution which of the following conditions should be satisfied?

    Two liquids are mixed together to form a mixture which boils at same temperature and their boiling point is higher than the boiling point of either of them so they shows.

    At 35 o C the vapour of pure chloroform is 0.359 atm and that of pure acetone is 0.453 atm. A solution containing 1 mole of chloroform and 4 mole of acetone has a vapour pressure of (in atm)

    The vapour pressure of hexane ( C 6 H 14 ) and heptane ( C 7 H 16 ) at 50 o C are 408 Torr and 141 Torr, respectively. The composition of the vapour above a binary solution composition containing a mole fraction of 0.300 hexane is ( Y 6 = mol fraction of hexane and Y 7 = mol fraction of heptane).

    When a solution of CHCl 3 is mixed with a solution of acetone, ΔV mix is

    At 25 o C the vapour pressure of benzene, C 6 H 6 (78 g/mole), is 93.2 Torr and that of toluene, C 7 H 8 (92 g/mol), is 28.2 torr. A solution of 1.0 mole of C 6 H 6 and 1.0 mol of C 7 H 8 is prepared. Calculate the mole fraction of C 6 H 6 in the vapour above this solution (assume the solution is ideal).

    Vapour pressure of CCl 4 at 25 o C is 143 mmHg ,0.05 g of a non-volatile solute (mol. wt. = 65) is dissolved in 100 ml CCl 4 . Find the vapour pressure of the solution (Density of CCl 4 = 1 .58 g / cm 3 )

    The vapour pressure of water depends upon:

    The vapour pressure of pure liquid solvent A is 0.80 atm. When a non-volatile substance B is added to the solvent, its vapour pressure drops to 0.60 atm. Mole fraction of the component B in the solution is:

    Among the following substances, the lowest vapour pressure is exerted by

    18 g of glucose ( C 6 H 12 O 6 ) is added to 178.2 g of water. The vapour pressure of water for this aqueous solution at 100 o C is:

    Two liquids X and Y form an ideal solution at 300 K, vapour pressure of the solution containing 1 mol of X and 3 mol of Y is 550 mmHg. At the same temperature, if 1 mol of Y is further added to this solution, vapour pressure of the solution increases by 10 mmHg. Vapour pressure (in mmHg) of X and Y in their pure states will be, respectively

    An ideal solution has equal mol-fractions of two volatile components A and B. In the vapour above the solution, the mol-fractions of A and B:

    The vapour pressure of pure water at 75 o C is 296 torr the vapour pressure lowering due to 0.1 m solute is

    A sample of 20.0 g of a compound ( molecular weight 120) which is a non-electrolyte is dissolved in 10.0 grams of ethanol ( C 2 H 5 OH ) . If the vapour pressure of pure ethanol at the temperature used is 0.250 atm, what is the vapour pressure of ethanol above the solution?

    At 120 o C , the vapour pressure of pure chlorobenzene ( C 6 H 5 Cl ) is 0.736 atm. What is the vapour pressure of a solution of 5.00 g of naphthalene ( C 10 H 8 ) in 50.0 g of chlorobenzene? (Assume that naphthalene is not volatile)

    Henry’s constant values for four gases dissolved in water at 298K are given below. The gas with least solubility of the four will have a value of……..kPa

    Vanthoff factor (i) is maximum for

    Volume of decimolar sulphuric acid which can exactly neutralize 500ml of semimolar caustic soda solution is

    The liquid mixture which shows positive deviations from Raoult’s law is

    Molal depression constant of water is 1 . 86 K Kg / mole . Freezing point of urea solution containing ‘X’ grams of urea in 100 grams of water is 269.28K. Value of ‘X’ is

    When 3 g of a nonvolatile solute is dissolved in 50 g of water, the relative lowering of vapour pressure observed is 0.018 Nm − 2 . Molecular weight of the substance is

    Dry air was passed successively through a solution of 5 g of a solute in 180 g of water and then through pure water. The loss in weight of solution was 2.50 g and that of pure solvent 0.04 g. The molecular weight of the solute is:

    The vapour pressure of solvent is 20 torr, while that of its dilute solution is 17 torr, the mole-fraction of the solvent is

    Relative decrease in vapour pressure of an aqueous solution containing 2 moles [ C u ( N H 3 ) 3 C l ] C l in 3 mol H 2 O is 1 2 . When the given solution reacts with excess of A g N O 3 solution the number of moles of AgCl produced is.

    The degree of dissociation of Ca ( NO 3 ) 2 in a dilute aqueous solution containing 7.0 g of salt per 100 g of water at 100 o C is 70%. If the vapour pressure of water at 100 o C is 760 mmHg, the vapour pressure of the solution is

    Normal boiling point ( T N ) is defined as the temperature when vapour pressure of liquid becomes equal to 1 atm and standard boiling point ( T S ) is defined as the temperature when vapour pressure of liquid becomes equal to 1 bar. Which one is not correct if water is considered?

    A solution containing 28 g of phosphorus in 315 g CS 2 ( b . p . 46 .3 o C ) boils at 47.98 o C . If K b for CS 2 is 2.34 K kg mol − 1 . The formula of phosphorus is (at. mass of P = 31).

    Y g of a non-volatile solute of molar mass M is dissolved in 250 g of benzene. If K b is molal elevation constant, the value of Δ T is given by:

    Elevation in boiling point of a molar (1 M) glucose solution ( d = 1.2   g   m L − 1 ) is

    0.15 g of a substance dissolved in 15 g of solvent boiled at a temperature higher by 0.216 o C than that of the pure solvent. Calculate the molecular weight of the substance. Molal elevation constant for the solvent is 2.16 o C .

    A solution of 0.450 g of urea (mol. wt. 60) in 22.5 g of water showed 0 .170 o C of elevation in boiling point. Calculate the molal elevation constant of water.

    Given, H 2 O ( l ) ⇌ H 2 O ( g )   at   373   K ,   ΔH o = 8 .31 kcal mol − 1 Thus, boiling point of 0.1 molal sucrose solution is

    At higher altitudes, water boils at temperature < 100 o C because

    The elevation in boiling point of a solution of 13.44 g of C u C l 2 (molecular weight = 134.4, K b = 0 .52 K molality − 1 ) in 1 kg water using the following information will be:

    Which aqueous solution exhibits highest boiling point?

    Calculate the normal boiling point of a sample of sea water found to contain 3.5% of NaCl and 0.13% of MgCl 2 by mass. The normal boiling point of water is 100 o C and K b (water) = 0.51 K kg mol – 1 . Assume that both the salts are completely ionised

    Which will have largest ΔT b ?

    An aqueous solution of glucose boils at 100.01 o C . The molal elevation constant for water is 0.5 K mol – 1 kg. The number of molecules of glucose in the solution containing 100 g of water is

    The latent heat of vaporisation of water is 9700 cal/mole and if the boiling point is 100 o C , ebullioscopic constant of water is

    Molal Elevation Constant depends on

    A mixture can be homogeneous or heterogeneous, Amalgam is an example of

    If for a sucrose solution elevation in boiling point is 0.1 o C then what will be the boiling point of NaCl solution for same molal concentration

    0.01 (M) solution of an acid HA freezes at − 0.0205 o C . If K f for water is 1.86 K kg m o l − 1 , the ionisation constant of the conjugate base of the acid will be (consider molarity ≃ molality)

    The boiling point of 0.1 m K 4 [ Fe ( CN ) 6 ] is expected to be ( K b for water = 0.52 K kg m o l – 1 )

    Equimolal solutions of A and B show depression in freezing point in the ratio 2 : 1. A remains in its normal state in solution. B will be ………… state

    The freezing point of 0.05 m solutions of a non-electrolyte in water is

    The value of K f for water is 1 . 86 o , calculated from glucose solution. The value of K f for water calculated for NaCl solution will be:

    A solution of x moles of sucrose in 100 grams of water freezes at − 0 .2 o C . As ice separates the freezing point goes down to 0 .25 o C . How many grams of ice would have separated?

    The freezing point of a dilute solution of acetamide in glacial acetic acid is 298K. This is the value when crystals of

    A solution of a non-volatile solute in water freezes at − 0 .40 o C . The vapour pressure of pure water at 298 K is 23.51 torr. For water, K f = 1 .86 K mol − 1 kg . Thus, vapour pressure of the solution (in torr)

    In which case depression in freezing point is equal to cryoscopic constant for water:

    What freezing point depression would be predicted for 0.2 molal solution of benzoic acid in benzene if latent heat of fusion is 40.00 cal g − 1 at 280 K (freezing point) for benzene? (assume no change in molecular state)

    How much ethyl alcohol ( C 2 H 5 OH ) must be added to 1 L of water so that solution will not freeze at – 6 o F ? ( K f of H 2 O = 1 .86 o mol − 1 kg )

    The amount of urea to be dissolved in 500 cc of water ( K f = 1 .86 ) to produce a depression of 0.186 o C in the freezing point is:

    Freezing point of an aqueous solution is − 0.186 o C . Elevation of boiling point of the same solution is if K b = 0 .512 K molality − 1 and K f = 1 .86   K molality − 1 :

    A certain substance ‘A’ tetramerises in water to the extent of 80%. A solution of 2.5g of A in 100 g of water lowers the freezing point by 0 . 3 o C . The molar mass of A is

    Cryoscopic constant of a liquid

    Addition of 0.643 g of a compound to 50 ml of benzene (density = 0.879 g mol – 1 ) lowers the freezing point from 50.51 o C to 50.03 o C . If K f for benzene is 5.12, the molecular mass of the compound is

    Which of the following solution will have highest freezing point?

    What is the freezing point of a solution containing 8.1 g HBr in 100 g water assuming the acid to be 90% ionised ( K f for water = 1.86 K molality – 1 )

    Which of the following aqueous molal solution have highest freezing point

    Increasing amount of HgI 2 is added to 1 litre of an aqueous solution containing 0.1 mole of KI. Which of the following graphs does represent the variation of depression in freezing point of the resulting solution with the amount of HgI 2 added?

    3.24 g Hg ( NO 3 ) 2 (Molecular mass 324) dissolved in 1000 g of water constitutes a solution having a freezing point − 0 .0558 o C , while 21.68 g of HgCl 2 (Molecular mass 271) in 2000 g of water constitutes a solution with a freezing point of − 0.0744 o C . The K f of water is 1.86 K Kg mol – 1 . About the state of ionisation of the two solids in water can be inferred that.

    π 1 , π 2 , π 3 and π 4 are the osmotic pressures of 5% ( W V ) solutions of urea, fructose, sucrose and KCl respectively at certain temperatures. The correct order of their magnitude is

    A living cell contains a solution which is isotonic with 0.3 (M) sugar solution. What osmotic pressure developed when the cell is placed in 0.1 (M) KCl solution at body temperature?

    Osmolarity of 0.02 M potassium ferrocyanide solution at 300 K is (assume solute is 100% ionized)

    Two solutions (A) containing FeCl 3 (aq) and (B) containing K 4 [ Fe ( CN ) 6 ] are separated by semipermeable membrane as shown below. If FeCl 3 on reaction with K 4 [ Fe ( CN ) 6 ] , produces blue colour of Fe 4 [ Fe ( CN ) 6 ] , the blue colour will be noticed in:

    Osmotic pressure of 30% solution of glucose is 1.20 atm and that of 3.42% solution of cane sugar is 2.5 atm. The osmotic pressure of the mixture containing equal volumes of the two solutions will be

    Osmosis is involved in one or more processes. (I) Interchange of nutrients and waste products between tissue cells and their surroundings. (II) Reverse osmosis (III) Excretion of urine (IV) Evaporation Select the correct processes.

    If ‘A’ contains 2% NaCl and is separated by a semipermeable membrane from ‘B’ which contains 10% NaCl, which event will occur?

    Molar mass of acetic acid measured by osmotic pressure experiments is 80 grams. Degree of dimerization of acetic acid dissolved in benzene is

    Which one of the following statement is incorrect regarding minimum boiling azeotrope

    A solution containing 0.5 g of a non-volatile solute in 0.2 d m 3 of the solution exerts an osmotic pressure of 44.44 kPa at 300 K. Thus, molar mass of the solute is

    Osmotic pressure of blood is 7.40 atm at 27 o C . Number of mol of glucose to be used per L for an intravenous injection that is to have the same osmotic pressure as blood is:

    A solution of glucose ( C 6 H 12 O 6 ) is isotonic with 4 g of urea ( NH 2 − CO − NH 2 ) per litre of solution. The concentration of glucose is:

    A 5% solution of can sugar (molar mass = 342) is isotonic with 1% of a solution of an unknown solute. The molar mass of unknown solute in g/mol is

    Consider the separate solution of 0 .500 M C 2 H 5 OH ( aq ) , 0 .100 M Mg 3 ( PO 4 ) 2 ( aq ) ,   0 .250 M KBr ( aq ) and 0.125 M Na 3 PO 4 ( aq ) at 25 o C . Which statement is true about these solutions, assuming all salts to be strong electrolytes?

    Two solutions of KNO 3 and CH 3 COOH are prepared separately. Molarity of both is 0.1 M and osmotic pressures are P 1 and P 2 respectively. The correct relationship between the osmotic pressures is :

    The weight of urea dissolved in 100 ml solution which produce an osmotic pressure of 20.4 atm, will be

    In the phenomenon of osmosis, the membrane allow passage of.

    Blood plasma has the following composition (milliequivalents per litre). Calculate its osmotic pressure at 37 o C . Na + = 138 ,   Ca 2 + = 5 .2 ,   K + = 4 .5 ,   Mg 2 + = 2 .0 ,   Cl − = 105 ,   HCO 3 – = 25 ,   PO 4 3 − = 2 .2 ,   SO 4 2 − = 0 .5 , Proteins = 16 , Others = 1 . 0

    Osmotic pressure of a sugar solution at 24 o C is 2.5 atmospheres. Determine the concentration of the solution in gram mole per litre.

    Sea water is 3.5% by mass of a salt and has a density 1.04 g c m – 3 at 293 K. Assuming the salt to be sodium chloride, calculate the osmotic pressure of sea water. Assume complete ionisation of the salt –

    Insulin ( C 2 H 10 O 5 ) n is dissolved in a suitable solvent and the osmotic pressure ( π ) of solution of various concentrations (g/cc) C is measured at 20 o C . The slope of the plot of π against ‘C’ is found to be 4.65 × 10 − 3 . The molecular weight of insulin is

    After removing the hard shell of an egg by dissolving in dilute HCl a semipermeable membrane can be visible. If such an egg is kept in a saturated solution of common salt, the size of egg will

    A solution containing 8.6 g urea in one litre was found to be isotonic with a 5% (wt./vol.) solution of an organic non-volatile solute. The molecular weight of latter is :

    Solute A is a ternary electrolyte and solute B is non-electrolyte. If 0.1 M solution of solute B produces an osmotic pressure of 2P, then 0.05 M solution of A at the same temperature will produce an osmotic pressure equal to

    The relationship between osmotic pressure at 273 K when 10 g of glucose ( P 1 ) , 10 g urea ( P 2 ) and 10 g sucrose ( P 3 ) are dissolved in 250 ml of water is

    Osmotic pressure of a urea solution at 10 o C is 500 mm. Osmotic pressure of the solution become 105.3 mm. When itis diluted and temperature raised to 25 o C . The extent of dilution is

    p H of 0.1 (M) BOH (weak base) is found to be 12. The solution at temperature T K will display an osmotic pressure equal to

    A 2% solution of cane sugar is isotonic with 0.5% x solution. The molecular weight of substance ‘x’ is [Assume that x does not undergo association or dissociation]

    A compound MX 2 has observed and normal molar masses 65.6 and 164 respectively. Calculate the apparent degree of ionization of MX 2 :

    PtCl 4 . 6 H 2 O can exist as a hydrated complex 1 molal aq. solution has depression in freezing point of 3 . 72 o . Assume 100% ionization and K f ( H 2 O ) = 1 .86 o mol − 1 kg , then complex is

    When 30 g of this acid C 11 H 8 O 2 is dissolved in 60 g of benzene, a freezing point depression of 2K is observed. [ K f ( benzene ) = 1 .72 K mol − 1 kg ] . The van’t Hoff factor (i) is

    When only a little quantity of HgCl 2 ( s ) is added to excess KI (aq) to obtain a clear soltion, which of the following is true for this solution? (no volume change on mixing)

    Which of the following has been arranged in order of decreasing freezing point?

    The freezing point depression of 0.001 m K x [ Fe ( CN ) 6 ] is 7.10 × 10 − 3  K . Determine the value of x. Given, K f = 1 .86 K kg mol − 1 for water

    Moles of K 2 SO 4 to be dissolved in 12 mol water to lower its vapour pressure by 10 mmHg at a temperature at which vapour pressure of pure water is 50 mm is:

    If α is the degree of dissociation of N a 2 S O 4 , the van’t Hoff factor (i) used for calculating the molecular mass is

    pH of a 0.1 M monobasic acid is found to be 2. Hence its osmotic pressure at a given temperatue T K is

    If sodium sulphate is considered to be completely dissociated into cations and anions in aqueous solution, the change in freezing point of water ( ΔT f ) , when 0.01 mole of sodium sulphate is dissolved in 1 kg of water, is ( K f = 1 .86 K kg mol − 1 )

    Which salt may show the same value of vant Hoff factor (i) as that of K 4 Fe ( CN ) 6 in very dilute solution state?

    20 g of a binary electrolyte (mol. wt. = 100) are dissolved in 500 g of water. The freezing point of the solution is − 0 .74 o C , K f = 1 .86   K molality − 1 . The degree of ionization of the electrolyte is

    When the pure solvent diffuses out of the solution through the semi-permeable membrane then the process is called

    If air is taken as a binary solution, the solvent is

    The characterstic property of solution is a) Formation of solution is physical change b) Solute and solvent in the solution can be separated by filtration c) Solute and solvent in the solution can be separated by decantation d) Solution can be represented with a chemical formula

    A mixture of salt and water can be separated by

    The volume of decamolar aquous solutions of hydrochloric acid is required to prepare 2dm 3 of 5M HCl solution is

    Molarity of the liquid HCl if density of the solution is 1.17 g/cc is

    The units of Normality are

    A student has 100mL of 0.1 M KCl solution. To make it 0.2 M, he has to

    Density of a 2.05 M solution of acetic acid in water is 1.02 g/mL .The molality of the solution is

    5 ml of 1 N HCl, 20 ml of N/2 H 2 SO 4 and 30 ml of N/3 HNO 3 are mixed together and the volume made to one litre. The normality of the resulting solution is

    The volumes of 4N HCl and 10N HCl required to make 1L of 6 N HCl are

    The number of millimoles of H 2 SO 4 present in 5 litres of 0.2N H 2 SO 4 solution is

    The correct relationship between molarity (M) and molality (m) is (d = density of the solution, in Kg L -1 , M 2 = molar mass of the solute in kg mol -1 )

    A one molal solution is one that contains

    0.1 mol of NaCl is dissolved in 100g of water. The mole fraction of NaCl is

    At 25 0 C for a given solution M = m, then at 50 0 C the correct relationship is

    6g. of Urea is dissolved in 90g. of water. The mole fraction of solute is

    The molarity of a 9.8% H 2 SO 4 of density 1.1 g/cc is

    M = molarity of the solution m = molality of the solution d = density of the solution (in g. ml -1 ) M 1 = gram molecular weight of solute Which of the following relations is correct

    The units of molality are

    In which mode of expression, the concentration of solution remains independent of temperature?

    Incorrect statement is (K H = Henry’s constant)

    If two substances A and B have = 1 : 2and have mole fraction in solution 1 : 2, then mole fraction of A in vapours is

    Which of the following statement is correct about Henry’s law

    Among the following gases which gas has the highest Henry’s law constant, K H value in water at the same temperature ?

    In a nearly saturated solution, the solubility increases with increase in temperature, then ∆ H solution is

    In a mixture of A and B, components show negative deviation when

    The vapour pressure is least for

    If 0.05 mole of gas are dissolved in 500 grams of water under 1 atm. pressure, 0.1 moles will be dissolved if the pressure is 2atm. It illustrates

    If liquid A and B form ideal solutions

    Lowering of vapour pressure is maximum in

    Which of the following liquid pairs shows a positive deviation from Raoults Law ?

    The density of 20% (w/w) aqueous NaOH solution is 1.20 g.mL –1 . What is the mole fraction of water ?(molar mass of NaOH = 40g.mol –1 )

    A solution that obeys Raolult's law is called

    Boiling point is least for

    A non-volatile solute (A) is dissolved in a volatile solvent (B). The vapour pressure of resultant solution is Ps. The vapour pressure of pure solvent is P 0 B . If "X" is mole fraction, which of the following is correct?

    Concentration of sodium stearate is increased from 10 -5 M to 0.0015M then its Osmotic pressure (T is constant)

    Dissolution of gases in solvents is governed by

    Normality of 0.1 M potassium permanganate solution when it acts like oxidizing agent in neutal medium is

    Molar mass of NaCl dissolved in water is determined from depression of freezing point experiment. Molar mass of NaCl observed can never be

    Six grams of urea dissolved in 250 grams of water showed a depression of freezing point of ‘X’. 36 grams of glucose dissolved in 500 grams of water showed a depression of freezing point of ‘Y’. Correct relation between ‘X’ and ‘Y’ is

    9 ml of liquid ‘A’ is mixed with 9 ml of liquid ‘B’. The volume of the mixture formed is 18 ml. The two liquids are most likely to be

    Which one of the following solution has least vapour pressure

    Molar mass of a diacidic base is 40g. Density of its aqueous solution is 1 g/ cc. More concentrated solution among the following is

    ‘A’ and ‘B’ are two volatile liquids.A mixture of ‘A’ and’B’ is prepared.A graph is plotted between vapour pressure of liquid mixture and mole fraction. The following plot is obtained From the graphical represent identify the liquid mixture

    Vanthoff factor for 50% ionized calomel in aqueous solution is

    Consider the reaction, C 6 H 5 NH 2 pyridine Z C 6 H 5 NH – COCH 3 ; Here ‘Z’ cannot be

    Solubility of a gas in water at STP is 0.2m. Henry’s constant of the gas is equal to

    Regarding osmosis, correct statement is

    Vapour pressure of a liquid depends on many factors. Correct statement of the following is

    Molal elevation constant of water is 0 . 52 K . Kg / mole . If the boiling point of 1M Sodium chloride solution is 374.04 K then the degree of ionization of sodium chloride will be

    For the liquid mixture of benzene and toluene, correct statement is

    Water movement from soil into plant roots and subsequently into upper portion of the plant is partly due to ?

    Consider the solution of ethanol. In it

    Which of the following is not an example of a solution?

    Which of the following statements is not correct about homogeneous mixtures?

    18 g of sucrose is dissolved in 162 g of water. Calculate the mass percentage of solution.

    25.3 g of sodium carbonate,Na 2 CO 3 is dissolved in enough water to make 250 mL of solution. If sodium carbonate dissociates completely, molar concentration of sodium ion, Na + and carbonate ions, CO 3 2 – respectively are (Molar mass of Na 2 CO 3 = 106 mol -1 )

    How many gram of concentrated nitric acid solution should be used to prepare 250 mL of 2.0 M HNO 3 ? The concentrated acid rs 70% HNO 3

    29.2% (w/W) HCI stock solution has density of 1.25 g mL -1 . The molecular weight of HCI is 36.5 mol -1 . The volume (mL) of stock solution required to prepare a 200 mL solution 0.4 M HCI is

    Mole fraction of a solute in benzene is 0.2. The molality of solute is

    184 g ethyl alcohol is mixed with 72 g of water. The ratio of mole fraction of alcohol to water is

    What is the mole fraction of the solute in a 1 m aqueous solution

    What is the molarity of K + in aqueous solution that contains 17.4 ppm of K 2 SO 4 (molar mass = 174 g mo -1 ) ?

    The molarity of H 2 SO 4 solution, which has a density 1.84 g/cc at 35 o C and contains 98% by weight is

    6.02x 10 20 molecules of urea are present in 100 mL of its solution. The concentration of solution is

    The molarity of a solution obtained by mixing 750 mL of 0.5 M HCI with 250 mL of 2M HCI will be

    If mole fraction of a solute in 1 kg benzene is 0.2 then molality of solute is

    Concentration terms which are independent of temperature is/are

    What happens to the solubility of substance with rise in temperature, if the dissolution process is endothermic?

    Which of the following is the incorrect statement about solubility?

    15 g of sucrose is dissolved in 50 mL of water and some pressure is applied on the surface of solution formed. It will result in

    The value of Henry’s law constant for argon (Ar), carbon dioxide (CO 2 ), methane (CH 4 ) and formaldehyde (HCHO) are respectively 40.3 K bar,1.67 K bar, 0.413 K bar and 1.83 x 10 -5 K bar at 298 K. The correct order of their solubility is

    Calculate the concentration of nitrogen present in the water. Assuming that the temperature is 25 o C, total pressure is 1 atm and mole fraction of nitrogen is 0 .78. K H fornitrogen = 8 .42 × 10 − 7 M / mmHg

    Ratio of O 2 and N 2 in the air is 1:4. Find out the ratio of their solubilities in terms of mole fractions of O 2 and N 2 dissolved in water at atmospheric pressure and room temperature. K H O 2 = 3 .30 × 10 7 torr K H N 2 = 6 .60 × 10 7 torr

    Which of the following statements is true about bends?

    What is the composition of gases in the tanks used by the scuba divers?

    Which of the following is not the characteristic of solutions of liquids and solids in liquid?

    When a binary solution of two volatile liquids is taken in a closed vessel, then

    p A and p B are the vapour pressure of pure liquid components A and B respectively of an ideal binary solution.If x A represents the mole fraction of component A, the total pressure of the solution will be

    What does A point signifies in the figure given below?

    Vapour pressure of pure A is 70 mm of Hg at 25 o C.It forms an ideal solution with ‘B’ in which mole fraction of A is 0.8. If the vapour pressure of the solution is 84 mm of Hg at 25 o C the vapour pressure of pure B at 25 o C is

    At 40 o C, the vapour pressure of pure liquids,benzene and toluene, are 160 mmHg and 60 mmHg respectively. At the same temperature, the vapour pressure of an equimolar solution of the two liquids, assuming the ideal solution should be

    18 g of glucose (C 6 H 12 O 6 ) is added to 178.2 g water. The vapour pressure (in torr) for this aqueous solution is

    If two substances A and B have p ∘ A : p ∘ B = 1 : 2 and mole fraction in solution = 1 : 2 then mole fraction of A in vapours is

    Vapour pressure of chloroform (CHCI 3 ) and dichloromethane (CH 2 Cl 2 ) at 25 o C are 200 mm of Hg and 41.5 mm of Hg respectively. Vapour pressure of the solution obtained by mixing 25.5 g of CHCl 3 and 40 g of CH 2 Cl 2 at the same temperature will be (Molecular mass of CHCI 3 = 119.5 u and molecular mass of CH 2 Cl 2 – 85 u)

    Raoult’s law becomes a special case of Henry’s law when

    Decrease in the vapour pressure of the solvent depends on

    Two volatile liquids A and B are mixed in the mole ratio 3 : 2 to form an ideal solution. Vapour pressure of pure liquids A and B is 600 mm Hg and 300 mm Hg respectively. Mole fraction of B in vapour phase is

    Which one of the following is not correct far an ideal solution

    Solution of bromoethane and chloroethane

    True statement about ideal solutions is

    Which of the following statements is/are true for an ideal solution?

    The solution formed by adding carbon disulphide to acetone, shows positive deviation from Raoult’s law. It is because

    Which of the following statements about the composition of the vapour over an ideal 1 : 1 molar mixture of benzene and toluene is correct ? Assume that the temperature is constant at 25 o C. (Given, vapour pressure data at 25 o C, benzene = 12.8 kPa and toluene = 3.85 kPa)

    Select the incorrect statement.

    What does the following figure represent?

    The solution which show large positive deviation from Raoult’s law form

    Which of the following statements is/are true for the diagram?

    Which of the following azeotropic solutions has the boiling point less than the boiling point of its constituents molecules?

    An aqueous solution is 1.00 molal in KI. Which change will cause the vapour pressure of the solution to increase

    If p o and p s are vapour pressures of the solvent and solution respectively, n 1 and n 2 are the mole fractions of solvent and solute respectively, then

    Solution of azeotropic nitric acid mixture contain

    The solution that forms maximum boiling azeotrope is

    The vapour pressure of acetone at 20 o C is 185 torr. When 1.2 g of a non-volatile substance was dissolved in 100 g of acetone at 20 o C, its vapour pressure was 183 torr. The molar mass (g mol -1 ) of the substance is

    Lowering of vapour pressure of an aqueous solution of a non-volatile, non-electrolyte 1 M aqueous solution at 100 o C is

    What does point A and B represent in the following diagram?

    If the elevation in boiling point of a solution of 10 g of solute (molecular weight = 100) in 100 g of water is ∆ T b , the ebullioscopic constant of water is

    To observe an elevation of boiling point is 0.05 o C, the amount of a solute (molecular weight = 100) to be added to 100 g of water (K b – 0.5) is

    Ethylene glycol is used as an antifreeze in a cold climate. Mass of ethylene glycol which should be added to 4 kg of water to prevent it from freezing at -6 o C will be (K f for water = 1.86 K kg mol -1 and molar mass of ethylene glycol =62 g mol -1 )

    How many grams of methyl alcohol should be added to 10 L tank of water to prevent its freezing at 268 K?

    What happens to freezing point of benzene when naphthalene is added?

    Dissolution of 1.5 g of a non-volatile solute (molecular weight = 60) in 250 g of a solvent reduces its freezing point by 0.01 o C. Find at the molal depression constant of the solvent.

    At a given temperature, osmotic pressure of the concentrated solution of a substance

    0.1 M NaCl and 0.005 M BaCl 2 solutions are separated by a semipermeable membrane in a container. For this system, choose the collect answer.

    The temperature at which 10% aqueous solution (w/V) of glucose exhibits the osmotic pressure of 16.4 atm, is (R = 0.082 dm 3 atm K -1 mol -1 )

    The osmotic pressure of 0.2 molar solution of urea at 27 o C (R =0.082 L atm mol -1 K -1 ) is.

    Osmotic pressure present in the fluid inside the blood cell is equivalent to

    Osmotic pressure method is used to determine molar mass of protein, macromolecules like polymers, biomolecules etc., because

    Reverse osmosis is a process,

    A molecule M associates in a given solvent according to the equation M ⇌ ( M ) n .For a certain concentration of M, the van’t Hoff factor was found to be 0.9 and the fraction of associated molecules was 0.2. The value of n is

    Which of the following would exert maximum osmotic pressure?

    58.5 g of NaCl and 180 g of glucose were separately dissolved in 1000 mL of water. Identify the correct statement regarding the elevation of boiling point (bp) of the resulting solution.

    Of the following 0.10 m aqueous solutions, which one will exhibit the largest freezing point depression?

    Compound A undergoes tetramerisation in the given solvent. The van’t Hoff factor is

    The degree of dissociation ( α ) if a weak electrolyte, AB is related to van’t Hoff factor (r) by the expression

    KBr is 80% dissociated in aqueous solution of 0.5 m concentration. (Given, K f for water = 1.86 K kg mol -1 ). The solution freezes at

    The freezing point depression constant for water is 1.86 o C molal -1 . If 5.00 g Na 2 SO 4 is dissolved in 45.0 g of H 2 O the freezing point is changed by -3.82 o C. Calculate the van’t Hoff factor for Na 2 SO 4 .

    A solution of 1.25 g of P in 50 g of water lowers the freezing point of water by 0.3 o C. Molar mass of P is 94 . K f water = 1 . 86 K kg mol – 1 .’ The degree of association of P in water is

    On adding I g arsenic to 80 g benzene, the freezing point of benzene is lowered by 0.19 o C. The formula of arsenic is K f = 50 . 8 K kg mol – 1 ) .

    Pure benzene freezes at 5.3 o C. A solution of 0.223 g of phenylacetic acid C 6 H 2 CH 2 COOH in 4.4 g of benzene K f = 5 . 12 K kg mol – 1 freezes at 4.47 o C.From this observation, one can conclude that

    1.2 % NaCl solution is isotonic with 7.2% glucose solution. What will be the van’t Hoff factor ‘i’ for NaCl ?

    1 × 10 – 3 m solution of Pt NH 3 2 Cl 4 in H 2 O shows depression in freezing point by 0.0054 o C. The ionisable Cl – ions will be (Given, K f ( H 2 O ) = 1 . 860 K kg mno – 1 )

    Which of the following statements are correct?

    10% (m/m) aqueous potassium iodide has a density of 1.202 g mL -1 . The true statements about this solution are

    The correct statement about the mixture of phenol and aniline are

    The examples of minimum boiling azeotropes are

    The correct relations showing Raoult’s law are

    The following is a graph plotted between the vapour pressure of two volatile liquids against their respective mole fractions. Which of the following options are correct?

    Consider the following aqueous solutions and / assume 100% ionisation in electrolytes I. 0.1 M urea II. 0.04 M Al 2 (SO 4 ) 3 III. 0.05 M CaCl 2 IV. 0.005 M NaCI The incorrect statements regarding the above solution are

    Mark the correct options for the freezing point of a substance.

    Which of the following statements are false?

    Which of the following statements are true? I. In a binary mixture, mole fraction of, A is, χ A = n A n A + n B II.For solution containing (i) number of components, χ i = n i Σn i III.Sum of mole fractions of all the components of a solution is one. Select the correct option with true statements.

    Which of the following statements is/are true? I. Different gases have different K s values at the same temperature. II. K H is a function of the nature of the gas. Choose the correct option

    Following conclusions can be derived from the above equation. I. Total vapour pressure of the solution is related to the mole fraction of any one component. II. Total vapour pressure of the solution varies exponentially with the mole fraction of component 2. III.Depending on the vapour pressure of pure components 1 and 2, total vapour pressure over the solution decreases or increases with the increase of the mole fraction of component 1. Select the correct conclusions derived from the given equation.

    Mark the incorrect information derived from the diagram.

    Which of the following statements is/are correct for K f ? I. K f depends upon the nature of solvent. Il. K f is known as freezing point depression constant / molal depression constant. lll. K f is known as cryoscopic constant. Select the correct conclusion derived from the equation.

    Information I. Semipermeable membrane contains network of submacroscopic holes or pores. II. Semipermeable membrane appears to be continuous sheets or films. III. Solvent molecules cannot pass through the holes of semipermeable membrane but solute molecules can pass. On the basis of the information given above select the correct option.

    Consider the following statements about osmotic pressure method of molar mass determination. l. Molarity of the solution is used instead of molality. Il. Magnitude of osmotic pressure is very large even for dilute solutions. III. Molar mass of bio molecules can be determined as they are not stable at higher temperatures. IV. Determine the molar mass of polymer as they have poor solubility. Which of the above statements are responsible for advantage of osmotic pressure for determination of molar mass over the other colligative properties?

    Statement 1: 1M aqueous solution of glucose contains 180 g of glucose in 1 kg water. Statement 2: Solution containing one mole of solute in 1000 g of solvent is called one molal solution.

    Statement 1: Pressure does not have any significant effect on solubility of solids in liquids. Statement 2: Solids and liquids are highly incompressible and remain unaffected by change in pressure.

    Statement 1: Polar solute dissolves in polar solvents and non-polar solute dissolves in non-polar solvents. Statement 2: Like dissolves like.

    Statement 1: When scuba divers come towards surface, their capillaries get blocked which is painful and dangerous to life. Statement 2: There occurred release of dissolved gases as the pressure decreases and leads to the formation of bubbles of nitrogen in the blood.

    Statement 1: Ethanol and acetone show positive deviation from Raoult’s law. Statement 2: Pure ethanol molecule show hydrogen bond and on adding acetone hydrogen bond between ethanol molecules breaks.

    Statement 1: When non-volatile solute is added to solvent, the vapour pressure of the solution decreases. Statement 2: As number of solvent molecules escaping from the surface is reduced, the vapour pressure of the solution is also reduced.

    Statement 1: Experimentally determined molar mass is always lower than the true value. Statement 2: Lower molar mass is due to dissociation of solute into ions.

    Statement 1: The water pouch of instant cold pack for treating athletic injuries breaks when squeezed and NH 4 NO 3 dissolves in water to lower the temperature. Statement 2: Addition of non-volatile solute into solvent results into depression of freezing point of the solvent.

    Statement 1: People taking a lot of salty food experience the puffiness or swelling, called edema. Statement 2: There is water retention in tissue cells and inter cellular spaces because of osmosis.

    Statement 1: Melting point of a substance is used for testing the purity of the substance. Statement 2: There is no other method to determine the purity of substance.

    Match the following columns and choose the correct option from the codes given below. Column I (Solution example) Column II (Type of solution) A. Chloroform mixed with nitrogen gas 1. Gaseous solution B. Ethanol dissolved in water 2. Solid solution C. Amalgam of mercury with sodium 3. Liquid solution

    Statement 1: High blood pressure patients are advised to take the minimum quantity of salt. Statement 2: From salt Na + and Cl – ion concentration increases in the body fluid which may rupture the blood cells.

    Match the following Henry’s law constant values for gases in water at 298 K. Column I Column II A. Argon 1. 1.83 x 10 -5 B. CO 2 2. 0.413 C. formaldehyde 3. 40.3 D. Methane 4. 0.611 E. Vinyl chloride 5. 1.67

    Match the following Column I which represent concentration term to the Column II representing their corresponding formulae. Column I Column II A. Mass percentage 1. Volume of the component Total volume of solution × 100 B. Volume percentage 2. Mass of the component in the solution Total mass of the solution × 100 C. Molality 3. Moles of solute Volume of solution ( in L ) D. Molarity 4. Moles of solute Mass of solvent ( in kg )

    Match the following terms given in Column I with the Column II. Column I Column II (van’t Hoff factor appox.) A. KCI 1. 0.5 B. Ethanoic acid 2. 2 C. K 2 SO 4 3. 3

    Match the items of Column I with Column II. Column I (Inter molecular interaction) Column II (Example) A. A − B > A − A or B − B Interaction p. Hexane and heptane B. ΔV mix = 0 q. Chloroform and acetone C. ΔV mix < 0 r. Chlorobenzene and bromobenzene D. Follows Raoult’s law in all conditions of T and p. s. Water and nitric acid

    Match the items of Column I with Column Il. Column I Column II A. Vapour pressure p. Colligative properties B. Osmotic pressure q. Decreases in the presence of solute. C. Freezing point r. Varies inversely with molecular mass. D. Elevation in boiling point s. Dependent on ebullioscopic constant.

    X 1 = 1 signifies that

    The diagram given below represents the vapour pressure and mole fraction of an ideal solution of component 1 and 2. Answer the following questions. Which of the following statements is true about the diagram?

    What is the vapour pressure of solution prepared by mixing 25 . 5 g of CHCl 3 and 40 g of CH 2 Cl 2 at 298 K ?

    Calculate the mole fractions of each component in vapour phase.

    Compartments A and B have the following combinations of solution. A B 1 0.1 M KCI 0.2 M KCI 2 0.1% (m/v) NaCl 10% (m/V) NaCl 3 18 gL -1 glucose 34.2 gL -1 sucrose 4 20% (m/V) glucose 10% (m/V) glucose Answer the following questions on this basis. Which of the above solutions is isotonic?

    Compartments A and B have the following combinations of solution. Answer the following questions on this basis. Indicate the solution(s) in which compartment B will show an increase in volume

    Calculate the mass of urea (NH 2 CONH 2 ) required in making 2.5 kg of 0.25 molal aqueous solution.

    Calculate the mole fraction of ethylene glycol (C 2 H 6 O 2 ) in a solution containing 20% of C 2 H 6 O 2 by mass.

    Concentrated nitric acid used in laboratory work is 68% nitric acid by mass in aqueous solution. What should be the molarity of such a sample of the nitric acid, if the density of the solution is 1.504 g mL -1 ?

    On dissolving sugar in water at room temperature, solution feels cool to touch. Under which of the following cases dissolution of sugar will be most rapid?

    A beaker contains a solution of substance.A.Precipitation of substance A takes place when small amount of A is added to the solution. The solution is

    Maximum amount of a solid solute that can be dissolved in a specified amount of a given liquid solvent does not depend upon

    Benzene and naphthalene form an ideal solution over the entire range of composition. The vapour pressure of pure benzene and naphthalene at 300 K are 50.71 mm Hg and 32.06 mm Hg respectively. Calculate the mole fraction of benzene in vapour phase if 80 g of benzene is mixed with 100 g of naphthalene.

    1.00 g of a non-electrolyte solute is dissolved in 50 g of benzene which lowers the freezing point of benzene by 0.40 K. The freezing point of depression constant of benzene is 5.12 K kg mol -1 . Find the molar mass of the solute.

    The boiling point of benzene is 3 53.23 K. When 1.80 g of a non-volatile solute was dissolved in 90 g of benzene, the boiling point is raised to 354.11 K. Calculate the molar mass of the solute. (K b for benzene is 2.53 K kg mol -1 )

    Considering the formation, breaking and strength of hydrogen bond, predict which of the following mixtures will show a positive deviation from Raoult’s law?

    On the basis of information given below mark the correct option. I. In bromo ethane and chloro ethane mixture,inter molecular interactions of A – A and B – B type are nearly same as A-B type interactions. II. In ethanol and acetone mixture A-A or B-B type inter molecular interactions are stronger than A-B type interactions. III. In chloroform and acetone mixture A-A or B-B type inter molecular interactions are weaker than A-B type interactions.

    Which of the following aqueous solutions should have the highest boiling point?

    An unripe mango placed in a concentrated salt solution to prepare pickle shrivels because

    Which of the following units is useful in relating concentration of solution with its vapour pressure?

    Which of the following statements is false?

    Consider the figure and mark the correct option.

    The values of van’t Hoff factors for KCl, NaCl and K 2 SO 4 respectively are

    Which of the following statements is false?

    We have three aqueous solutions of NaCl labelled as A, B and C with concentrations 0.1 M, 0.01 M and 0.001 M, respectively. The value of van’t Hoff factor for these solutions will be in the order:

    Which of the following factors affect the solubility of a gaseous solute in the fixed volume of liquid solvent? (i) Nature of solute (ii) Temperature (iii) Pressure

    Colligative properties are observed when

    Relative lowering of vapour pressure is a colligative property because

    Statement 1: Molarity of a solution in liquid state changes with temperature. Statement 2: The volume of a solution changes with change in temperature.

    Statement 1: When NaCl is added to water, a depression in free zing point is observed. Statement 2: The lowering of vapour pressure of a solution causes depression in the freezing point.

    Statement 1: When a solution is separated from the pure solvent by a semipermeable membrane, the solvent molecules pass through it from pure solvent side to the solution side. Statement 2: Diffusion of solvent occurs from a region of high concentration solution to a region of low concentration solution.

    Match the items given in Column I and Column II. Column I Column II A. Saturated solution 1. Solution having same osmotic pressure at a given temperature as that of given solution. B. Binary solution 2. A solution whose osmotic pressure is less than that of another. C. Isotonic solution 3. Solution with two components. D. Hypotonic solution 4. A solution which contains maximum amount of solute that can be dissolved in a given amount of solvent at a given temperature. E. Solid solution 5. A solution whose osmotic pressure is more than that of another. F. Hypertonic solution 6. A solution in solid phase.

    Match the items given in Column I with the type of solutions given in Column II. Column I Column II A. Soda water 1. A solution of gas in solid B. Sugar solution 2. A solution of gas in gas C. German silver 3. A solution of solid in liquid D. Air 4. A solution of solid in solid E. Hydrogen gas in palladium 5. A solution of gas in liquid 6. A solution of liquid in solid

    Match the laws given in Column I with expressions given in Column II. Column I Column II A. Raoult’s law 1. ΔT f = K f m B. Henry’s law 2. π = CRT C. Elevation in boiling point 3. p = x 1 p 1 ∘ + x 2 p 2 ∘ D. Depression in freezing point 4. ΔT b = K b m E. Osmotic pressure 5. p = K H ⋅ x

    The mass per cent of different elements present in sodium sulphate, Na 2 SO 4 respectively are

    statement 1 : Molality of a solution does not change with temperature statement 2 : Mass is affected with temperature.

    which solution will show greater relative lowering of vapour pressure when equal mass of each of the following non electrolyte is separately dissolved in equal quantity of same solvent?

    Which of the following gas is least soluble in water at same temperature (K H =Henry’s constant value)

    Identify correct statement. Different solutions

    When no more solute can be dissolved in solution at a given temperature the solution is known as

    A solution will freeze when

    Consider a binary mixture of volatile liquids. If at X a = 0.2, the vapour pressure of solution is 580 torr, then the mixture could be(P° A =200 torr, P° B = 600 torr)

    Among the given salts, aqueous solution of which salt will show maximum freezing point?

    Aqueous solution of which has highest boiling point?

    The osmotic pressure of decimolar solution of NaCl at 27°C is, assuming that it is completely dissociated. (R = 0.083 L bar K -1 mol -1 )

    If 6.2 g of ethylene glycol (C 2 H 6 O 2 ) is mixed with 500 g of water. The freezing point of the solution obtained will be (K f for water = 1 .86 K kg mol -1 )

    200 mmHg and 400 mmHg are the vapour pressures of pure liquid components, CHCl 3 and CH 2 Cl 2 , respectively which forms an ideal binary solution. If 0.75 is the mole fraction of CHCl 3 , then the total vapour pressure of the solution will be

    Solubility of a solid substance least likely to depend on

    A mixture of phenol and aniline

    Which of the following gas is most soluble in water?

    The mass of a non-volatile solute (molar mass = 40 g mol -1 ) dissolved in 114 g octane to reduce its vapour pressure to 80% is

    Raoult’s law is applicable to A) Volatile liquid mixture B) Solution of non volatile solute C) Aqueous solutions only D) Non-aqueous solutions only

    Two volatile liquids ‘A’ and ‘B’ are mixed in the mole ratio 2 : 3. Vapour pressure of pure liquid ‘A’ is 600 mm Hg and pure liquid ‘B’ is 400 mm Hg. Mole fraction of ‘B’ in vapour phase will be

    Two volatile liquids ‘A’ and ‘B’ are mixed in the mole ratio 2 : 3. Vapour pressure of pure liquid ‘A’ is 600 mm Hg and pure liquid ‘B’ is 400 mm Hg. Mole fraction of ‘B’ in vapour phase will be

    Which of the following method of expressing concentration is dependent on temperature?

    At 300 K, 0.3 M sucrose solution is isotonic with 0.15 M KCl solution. Degree of dissociation of KCl in the solution is

    Molarity of a solution of density 0.6 g/ml is 1 M. Molality of the same solution under similar conditions will be (Molar mass of solute – 150 g)

    Molarity of a solution of density 0.6 g/ml is 1 M. Molality of the same solution under similar conditions will be (Molar mass of solute – 150 g)

    Molarity of a solution of density 0.6 g/ml is 1 M. Molality of the same solution under similar conditions will be (Molar mass of solute – 150 g)

    Boiling point of 0.5 m NaCl solution will be ( K b of water is 0.52 K Kg mole – 1 )

    Boiling point of 1 m NaCl solution will be ( K b of water is 0.52 K Kg mole – 1 )

    Colligative properties depend on the number of solute particles present in the solution. Osmotic pressure of 90% ionized 0.1M BaCl 2 solution at 27 0 c is

    Molality of 10 grams of aqueous solution containing 2 grams of caustic soda is

    Which one of the following solution has least freezing point ?

    2 litre of 0.25 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litre of 0.25 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    2 litre of 0.25 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    10 litre of 1 M HCl is diluted to 40 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    10 litre of 1 M HCl is diluted to 40 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 4 M HCl is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 4 M HCl is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4.5 litres of 4.5 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    4.5 litres of 1.5 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    10 litre of 4 M KOH is diluted to 3 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litre of 4 M KOH is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litre of 4 M KOH is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litre of 4 M KOH is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litre of 4 M KOH is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litre of 4 M NaOH is diluted to 0.125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 2 M NaOH is diluted to 0.05 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.15 litres of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.15 litres of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.15 litres of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.15 litres of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.15 litres of 2 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 2 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 2 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 2 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 2 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.4 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.025 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.4 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 0.025 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    20 litre of 10 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 2 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    20 litre of 10 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 2 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    20 litre of 10 N H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 2 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litre of 0.25 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4 litre of 0.125 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 8 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4.5 litres of 4.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    4.5 litres of 4.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 1.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 1.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 4 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1.5 litres of 2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 1 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 1 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.0125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.0125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.0125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.0125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.0125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.0125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.0125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.0125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.0125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.2 N Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.0125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    100ml of 2.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.2 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 2 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.4 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.2 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.2 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.2 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.2 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.2 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.2 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.2 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.2 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.4 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.4 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.4 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    200 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 0.4 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100ml of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    1000 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.1 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    1000 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.1 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    1000 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.1 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    1000 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.1 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    1000 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.1 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    1000 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.1 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    1000 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.1 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    1000 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.1 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    1000 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.1 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    10 litre of 0.5 M HNO 3 is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    10 litre of 0.5 M HNO 3 is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    10 litre of 0.5 M HNO 3 is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    1 litre of 0.5 M HNO 3 is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    10 litre of 0.5 M HNO 3 is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 4 M HNO 3 is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litres of 4 M HNO 3 is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    5 litre of 4 M HNO 3 is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    8 litre of 0.5 M HNO 3 is diluted to 0.125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    8 litre of 0.5 M HNO 3 is diluted to 0.125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    10 litre of 4 M HNO 3 is diluted to 3 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 2 M HNO 3 is diluted to 0.05 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litre of 4 M HNO 3 is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M HNO 3 is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    8 litre of 0.5 M HNO 3 is diluted to 0.125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    8 litre of 0.5 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 2 M HNO 3 is diluted to 0.05 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 2 M H 3 PO 3 is diluted to 0.05 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 2 M H 3 PO 3 is diluted to 0.05 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litre of 2 M H 3 PO 3 is diluted to 0.125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litre of 2 M H 3 PO 3 is diluted to 0.125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M H 3 PO 3 is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M H 3 PO 3 is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.5 N H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    3 litre of 4 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.125 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    4 litres of 1 M H 3 PO 3 is diluted to 0.05 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.5 moles of Phosphorous acid is dissolved in a ten litre solution. Molarity of the solution is

    0.02 moles of Phosphorous acid is dissolved in 400 ml solution. Molarity of the solution is

    0.1 moles of Phosphorous acid is dissolved in a two litre solution. Molarity of the solution is

    0.05 moles of Phosphorous acid is dissolved in 800 ml solution. Molarity of the solution is

    0.05 moles of Phosphorous acid is dissolved in 800 ml solution. Molarity of the solution is

    0.05 moles of Phosphorous acid is dissolved in 800 ml solution. Molarity of the solution is

    2 moles of Phosphorous acid is dissolved in 40 litre solution. Molarity of the solution is

    0.01 gram equivalents of Phosphoric acid is dissolved in a 100ml solution. Normality of the solution is…………N

    Two gram equivalents of Phosphoric acid is dissolved in a twenty litre solution. Normality of the solution is…………N

    10 milli equivalents of Phosphoric acid is dissolved in a 100ml solution. Normality of the solution is…………N

    3 litre of 4 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litre of 4 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litre of 4 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litres of 4 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litres of 1 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litres of 1 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litres of 1 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litres of 1 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litres of 1 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litres of 1 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litres of 1 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    5 litres of 1 M H 3 PO 4 is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    400 ml of 1 M Phosphoric acid is diluted to 0.4 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    600 ml of 1 M Phosphoric acid is diluted to 0.3 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100 ml of 0.3 M Phosphoric acid is diluted to 0.15 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100 ml of 0.3 M Phosphoric acid is diluted to 0.15 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100 ml of 0.3 M Phosphoric acid is diluted to 0.15 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100 ml of 0.3 M Phosphoric acid is diluted to 0.15 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100 ml of 0.3 M Phosphoric acid is diluted to 0.15 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100 ml of 0.3 M Phosphoric acid is diluted to 0.15 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100 ml of 0.3 M Phosphoric acid is diluted to 0.15 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    100 ml of 0.3 M Phosphoric acid is diluted to 0.15 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    1 litre of 0.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    1 litre of 0.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 5 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    0.5 litre of 0.125 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    0.5 litre of 0.125 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    0.5 litre of 0.125 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    0.5 litre of 0.125 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    0.5 litre of 0.125 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    0.5 litre of 0.125 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    0.5 litre of 0.125 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    1000 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.1 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    5 litres of 1 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 10 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4 litres of 2.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4 litres of 2.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4 litres of 2.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4 litres of 2.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4 litres of 2.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 20 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4.5 litres of 4.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    4.5 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    2 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 1 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    3 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    9 litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1.5 litres of 0.2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.05 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.15 litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.15 litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.15 litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    0.15 litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 2 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.5 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 1 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 1 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    6 litres of 1 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 2 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.25 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.4 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.025 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    1 litre of 0.4 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 0.025 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    10 litre of 5 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    10 litre of 5 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    10 litre of 5 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    10 litre of 5 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    10 litre of 5 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    10 litre of 5 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    10 litre of 5 N Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 M solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    400 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    250 ml of 0.6 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.15 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 2.5 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 5 litres of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 180 ml of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 180 ml of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 180 ml of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    250 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 20 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    75 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 12 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    75 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 12 M NaOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.4 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.4 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 15 ml of 4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 15 ml of 4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4.5 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4.5 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 2.5 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 5 litres of ‘X’ M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Nitric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Calcium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.4 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.5 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.5 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 180 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 180 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 180 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 180 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 15 ml of 4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    60 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 15 ml of 4 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    150 ml of 1 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes 450 ml of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.2 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.666 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 2 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 2.5 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 5 litres of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Phosphoric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Magnesium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    200 ml of 2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 15 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 0.2 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    75 ml of ‘X’ M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 12 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.2 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.2 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.5 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.5 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.5 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.5 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.5 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 2.5 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 5 litres of ‘X’ M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    150 ml of 1 M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 450 ml of ‘X’ M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    37.5 ml of ‘X’ M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 3 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    37.5 ml of ‘X’ M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 3 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    37.5 ml of ‘X’ M dibasic acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 3 M triacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    500 ml of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 3 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 1.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 1.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 12 litres of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 5 litres of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    80 ml of 5 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    37.5 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 3 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    37.5 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 3 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    37.5 ml of ‘X’ M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of 3 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    400 ml of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    100 ml of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    2 litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 2 litres of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 2 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 0.5 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 200 ml of 0.4 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.25 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 300 ml of 0.75 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.3 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 600 ml of 0.6 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 1.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 6 litres of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    1 litre of 2.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 5 litres of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    4 litres of 2.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 20 litres of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    0.5 litres of 2.5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 10 litres of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    40 ml of 5 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 80 ml of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    150 ml of 1 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 900 ml of ‘X’ M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    250 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 20 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    250 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 25 ml of 20 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    15 ml of ‘X’ M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 7.5 ml of 2 M Aluminium hydroxide. The value of ‘X’ is

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HCl and 0.4 M HNO 3 are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HCl and 0.2 M HNO 3 are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    100 mL each of 0.1 M HCl and 0.4 M HNO 3 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to one litre. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    100 mL each of 0.1 M HCl and 0.4 M HNO 3 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to half litre. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    100 mL each of 0.1 M HCl and 0.4 M HNO 3 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to half litre. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    100 mL each of 0.1 M HCl and 0.4 M HNO 3 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to half litre. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    100 mL of 0.2 M HCl and 400 mL of 0.4 M HNO 3 are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    200 mL of 0.2 M HCl and 800 mL of 0.4 M HNO 3 are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    200 mL of 0.2 M HCl and 800 mL of 0.4 M HNO 3 are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    200 mL of 0.2 M HCl and 800 mL of 0.4 M HNO 3 are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HCl and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HCl and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HCl and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HCl and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    1 litre of 0.2 M HCl and 2 litres 0.4 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    1 litre of 0.2 M HCl and 2 litres 0.4 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    1 litre of 0.6 M HCl and 3 litres 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 0.6 M HCl and 3 litres 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 0.6 M HCl and 3 litres 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 0.6 M HCl and 3 litres 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HNO 3 and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HNO 3 and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.2 M HNO 3 and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.2 M HNO 3 and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    1 litre of 0.2 M HNO 3 and 2 litres 0.4 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 0.6 M HNO 3 and 3 litres 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 0.3 M HNO 3 and 3 litres 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    1 litre of 0.6 M HNO 3 and 3 litres 0.4 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    1 litre of 0.6 M HNO 3 and 3 litres 0.4 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 0.3 M HNO 3 and 3 litres 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    1 litre of 0.2 M NaOH and 2 litres 0.4 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    1 litre of 0.2 M NaOH and 2 litres 0.4 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    1 litre of 0.2 M NaOH and 2 litres 0.4 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 0.6 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 0.6 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 0.6 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M KOH and 0.2 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    100 mL each of 0.1 M KOH and 0.4 M NaOH are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to one litre. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M KOH and 0.4 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    100 mL of 0.2 M KOH and 400 mL of 0.4 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    100 mL each of 0.1 M KOH and 0.4 M NaOH are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to half litre. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    100 mL each of 0.1 M KOH and 0.4 M NaOH are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to half litre. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    100 mL each of 0.1 M KOH and 0.4 M NaOH are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to half litre. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    200 mL of 0.2 M KOH and 800 mL of 0.4 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    200 mL of 0.2 M KOH and 800 mL of 0.4 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HCl and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    200 mL of 0.2 M KOH and 800 mL of 0.4 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Molarity of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HCl and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HCl and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M HCl and 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre of 0.6 M HCl and 3 litres 0.4 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre of 0.6 M HCl and 3 litres 0.4 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 0.3 M HCl and 3 litres 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 0.3 M HCl and 3 litres 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.2 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.2 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.2 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre of 0.2 M HCl and 2 litres 0.4 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Equal volumes of 0.1 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 0.6 M HCl and 3 litres 0.2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 0.6 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre of 0.2 M NaOH and 2 litres 0.4 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    0.2 litres each of 1 M HCl and 2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to one litre. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    0.5 litres of 1 M HCl and 0.3 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to two litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    0.5 litres of 1 M HCl and 0.3 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to two litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    0.3 litres each of 1 M HCl and 2 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to one litre. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    0.5 litres of 1 M HCl and 0.3 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to two litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre each of 0.2 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to ten litres. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre each of 0.2 M NaOH and 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to ten litres. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 0.6 M NaOH and 3 litres 0.2 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to ten litres. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    1 litre of 0.2 M NaOH and 2 litres 0.4 M Ba(OH) 2 are mixed with each other. The solution is diluted to ten litres. Hydroxyl ion concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    4 litres of 1 M HCl and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 2 M HCl and 1 litre of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 2 M HCl and 1 litre of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 2 M HCl and 1 litre of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    6 litres of 1 M HCl and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    6 litres of 1 M HCl and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    4 litres of 5 M HCl and 2 litres of 5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    4 litres of 5 M HCl and 1 litre of 5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    4 litres of 5 M HCl and 1 litre of 5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    400 ml of 1 M HCl and 100 ml of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    300 ml of 4 M HCl and 200 ml of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    300 ml of 4 M HCl and 200 ml of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    300 ml of 4 M HCl and 200 ml of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    300 ml of 4 M HCl and 200 ml of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    300 ml of 4 M HCl and 200 ml of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    400 ml of 1 M HCl and 100 ml of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    300 ml of 4 M HCl and 200 ml of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    4 litres of 1 M HCl and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    4 litres of 1 M HCl and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 2 M HCl and 1 litre of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    4 litres of 1 M HCl and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 2 M HCl and 1 litre of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    4 litres of 1 M HCl and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 2 M HCl and 1 litre of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    4 litres of 1 M HCl and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 2 M HCl and 1 litre of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    800 ml of 1 M HCl and 200 ml of 2 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    800 ml of 1 M HCl and 200 ml of 2 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    800 ml of 1 M HCl and 200 ml of 2 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    300 ml of 3 M HCl and 200 ml of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    300 ml of 3 M HCl and 200 ml of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    300 ml of 3 M HCl and 200 ml of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    300 ml of 3 M HCl and 200 ml of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    2 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    2 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 0.5 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    5 litres of 3 M H 2 SO 4 and 2 litres of 1 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Normality of the resultant mixture is —– N

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated CH 3 COOH solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated NaCl solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated NaCl solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated NaCl solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated NaCl solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated NaCl solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated NaCl solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated MSO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 60% dissociated bi-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated MSO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated MSO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated MSO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 65% dissociated MSO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated MSO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 95% dissociated MSO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 95% dissociated MSO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated uni-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated uni-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated uni-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated uni-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated uni-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated uni-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated uni-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated uni-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated uni-bivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated bi-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated bi-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated bi-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated bi-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated bi-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated bi-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated bi-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated bi-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 95% dissociated bi-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated Na 2 SO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated K 2 SO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 15% dissociated BaCl 2 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 20% dissociated Calcium nitrate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 25% dissociated Ba(NO 3 ) 2 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated Na 2 SO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 15% dissociated BaCl 2 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 30% dissociated CaCl 2 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated K 2 SO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 50% dissociated SrCl 2 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 30% dissociated CaCl 2 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated MgCl 2 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated BaCl 2 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 85% dissociated Calcium nitrate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 75% dissociated Barium nitrate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated K 2 SO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 95% dissociated Sodium sulphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated Aluminium fluoride solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 20% dissociated Potassium phosphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 25% dissociated AlF 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 30% dissociated Na 3 PO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 75% dissociated K 3 PO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 45% dissociated Sodium phosphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 20% dissociated Potassium phosphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated Aluminium fluoride solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 30% dissociated Na 3 PO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 60% dissociated Aluminium fluoride solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 75% dissociated K 3 PO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated Na 3 PO 4 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 85% dissociated Sodium phosphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated AlF 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated AlF 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated AlF 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated Potassium phosphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated tri-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated tri-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated tri-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated tri-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated tri-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 50% dissociated uni-trivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated uni-trivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated uni-trivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 55% dissociated tri-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 45% dissociated uni-trivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 55% dissociated tri-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 55% dissociated tri-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 55% dissociated tri-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 55% dissociated tri-univalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 50% dissociated uni-trivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 85% dissociated uni-trivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 85% dissociated uni-trivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 85% dissociated uni-trivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 50% dissociated uni-trivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 85% dissociated uni-trivalent electrolyte solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated Potassium ferricyanide solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ]Cl 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated Potassium ferricyanide solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 25% dissociated Potassium ferricyanide solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 45% dissociated K 3 [Fe(CN) 6 ] solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 45% dissociated K 3 [Fe(CN) 6 ] solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated K 3 [Fe(CN) 6 ] solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 25% dissociated Potassium ferricyanide solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 25% dissociated Potassium ferricyanide solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 25% dissociated Potassium ferricyanide solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 45% dissociated K 3 [Fe(CN) 6 ] solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 20% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ]Cl 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ]Cl 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ]Cl 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ]Cl 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ]Cl 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ]Cl 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ]Cl 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ]Cl 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 90% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ]Cl 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 5% dissociated Potassium ferrocyanide solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 10% dissociated Potassium ferrocyanide solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 20% dissociated Aluminium sulphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 15% dissociated Aluminium sulphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 25% dissociated Calcium phosphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 20% dissociated Aluminium sulphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 30% dissociated Calcium phosphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ] 2 (SO 4 ) 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 35% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ] 2 (SO 4 ) 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 50% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ] 2 (SO 4 ) 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 55% dissociated K 4 [Fe(CN) 6 ] solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 55% dissociated K 4 [Fe(CN) 6 ] solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 65% dissociated Ca 3 (PO 4 ) 2 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 75% dissociated Al 2 (SO 4 ) 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 80% dissociated Al 2 (SO 4 ) 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 85% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ] 2 (SO 4 ) 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 85% dissociated [Co(NH 3 ) 6 ] 2 (SO 4 ) 3 solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 95% dissociated Aluminium sulphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 95% dissociated Aluminium sulphate solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 70% dissociated Ca 3 (PO 4 ) 2 solution is

    5% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    10% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    20% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    20% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    60% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    60% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    60% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    60% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    60% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    60% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    60% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    60% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    85% of a solute is dimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    40% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    40% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    40% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    40% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    90% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    If D T and D 0 are the theoretical and observed vapour densities at a definite temperature and α be the degree of dissociation of a substance. Then, α in the terms of D o , D T and n (number of moles of products formed from 1 mole reactant) is calculated by the formula :

    The vapour pressure of a given liquid will decrease if:

    The normal boiling point of water is 373 K. Vapour pressure of water at temperature T is 19 mm Hg. If enthalpy of vaporisation is 40.67 kJ/ mol, then temperature T would be

    A sample of liquid H 2 O of mass 18.0 g is injected into an evacuated 7.6 L flask maintained at 27.0 o C. lf vapoure pressure of H 2 O at 27 o C is 24.63 mm Hg. What weight percentage of the water will be vapourised when the system comes to equilibrium? Assume water vapours behaves as an ideal gas. The volume occupied by the liquid water is negligible compared to the volume of the container:

    For a binary ideal liquid solution, the total pressure of the solution is given as:

    The boiling point of C 6 H 6 , CH 3 OH, C 6 H 5 NH 2 and C 6 H 5 NO 2 are 80 o C, 65 o C, 184 o C and 212 o C respectively Which will show highest vapour pressure at room temperature :

    6.0 g of urea (molecular weight : 60) was dissolved in 9.9 moles of water. If the vapour pressure of pure water is P o , the vapour pressure of solution is:

    Calculate the weight of non-volatile solute having molecular weight 40, which should be dissolved in 57 gm octane to reduce its vapour pressure to 800%:

    Equal weight of a solute are dissolved in equal weight of two solvents A and B and formed very dilute solution. The relative lowering of vapour pressure for the solution B has twice the relative lowering of vapour pressure for the solution A. lf M A and M B are the molecular weights of solvents A and B respectively, then:

    An ideal solution has two components A and B.A is more volatile than B i.e., P A ∘ > P B ∘ and also P A ∘ > P total . If X A and Y A are mole fractions of components A in liquid and vapour phases, then:

    Two liquids A and B from ideal solutions. At 300 K, the vapour pressure of solution containing 1 mole of A and 3 mole of B is 550 mm Hg. At the same temperature, if one more mole of B is added to this solution, the vapour pressure of the solution increases by 10 mm H8. Determine the vapour pressure of A and B in their pure states (in mm Hg):

    Calculate solubility (mol/m 3 ) of saturated solution of Ag 3 PO 4 , if its dilute aqueous solution at ? K has a vapour pressure of 730 mm Hg and vapour pressure of pure H 2 O is 740 mm Hg at TK.

    The vapour pressure curves of the same solute in the same solvent are shown. The curves are parallel to each other and do not intersect. The concentrations of solutions are in order of:

    For ideal binary liquid solutions, select incorrect statement.

    The boiling point of an azeotropic mixture of water-ethanol is less than that of both water and ethanol. Then

    Total vapour pressure of mixture of l mol X P X ∘ = 150 torr ) and 2 mol Y P y = 300 torr is 240 torr. In this case:

    Which will form maximum boiling azeotrope ?

    Azeotropic mixture of water and C 2 H 5 OH boils at 351 K. By distilling the mixture it is possible to obtain :

    One mole of a solute A is dissolved in a given volume of a solvent. The association of the solute take place as follows: nA ⇌ A n If α is the degree of association of A, the van’t Hoff factor i is expressed as:

    An aqueous solution is 1.00 molal in KI. Which change will cause the vapour pressure of the solution to increase ?

    Chloroform, CHCI 3 , boils at 61.7 o C. If the K b for chloroform is 3.63 o C/molal, what is the boiling point of a solution of 15.0 kg of CHCl 3 and 0.616 kg of acenaphthalene, C 12 H 10 ?

    One molal solution of a carboxylic acid in benzene shows the elevation of boiling point of 1.518 K. The degree of association for dimerization of the acid in benzene is (K b for benzene = 2.53 K kg mol -1 ) :

    Which one of the following aqueous solutions will exhibit highest boiling point:

    If the elevation in boiling point of a solution of non-volatile, non-electrolytic and non-associating solute in solvent (K b = xK.kg.mo -1 ) is y K, then the depression in freezing point of solution of same concentration would be: K f of the solvent = zK ⋅ kg ⋅ mol − 1

    When a solution containing non-volatile solute freezes, which equilibrium would exist?

    Bromoform has a normal freezing point of 7.734 o C/m and it’s K f =14.4 o C/m. A solution of 2.60 g of an unknown in 100 g of bromoform freezes at 5.43 o C. What is the molecular weight of the unknown?

    The freezing point of a solution of 2.40 g of biphenyl (C 12 H 10 ) in 75.0 g of benzene (C 6 H 6 ) is 4.40 o C. The normal freezing point of benzene is 5.50 o C. What is the molal freezing point constant ( o C/m) for benzene?

    Camphor is often used in molecular mass determination because:

    For 1molal solution of each compound minimum freezing point will be assuming complete ionisation in each case:

    For 1 molal solution of each compound maximum freezing point will be assuming complete ionisation in each case:

    Based on the given diagram, which of the following statements regarding the homogenous solutions of two volatile liquids are correct? (1) Plots 4D and BC show that Raoult’s law is obeyed for the solution in which B is a solvent and A is the solute and as well as for that in which A is solvent and B is solute. (2) Plot CD shows that Dalton’s law of partial pressures is obeyed by the binary solution of components A and B. (3) EF + EG = EH; and AC and BD correspond to the vapour pressures of the pure solvents A and B respectively. Select the correct answer using the options given below:

    Formation of a solution from two components can be considered as : (i) Pure solvent separated solvent molecules, ∆ H 1 (ii) Pure solute separated solute molecules, ∆ H 2 (iii) separated solvent and solute molecules solution, ∆ H 3 Solution so formed will be ideal if :

    In a mixture of A and B, components show Positive deviation when:

    An azeotropic mixture of two liquids has a boiling point higher than either of them when it:

    The azeotropic mixture of water (8.P.= 100 o C) and HCI (B.P : 86 o C) boils at about 120 o C. During fractional distillation of this mixture it is possible to obtain :

    Which of the following is not a colligative property?

    24.5 grams of Sulphuric acid is dissolved in a one litre solution. Normality of the solution is…………N

    0.1 moles of Barium hydroxide is dissolved in a 400 ml solution. Normality of the solution is—–N

    0.1 moles of Barium hydroxide is dissolved in a 400 ml solution. Normality of the solution is—–N

    Normality of 0.2 M potassium permanganate solution when it acts like oxidizing agent in neutral medium is

    0.1 moles of Barium hydroxide is dissolved in a 400 ml solution. Normality of the solution is—–N

    Normality of 0.2 M potassium permanganate solution when it acts like oxidizing agent in neutral medium is

    Henry’s constant values for four gases dissolved in water at 298 K and 1 bar are given below. The gas with highest solubility of the four will have a value of……..kPa

    10ml of decamolar sulphuric acid is diluted to one litre. Proton concentration of the solution is

    Colligative properties depend on the number of solute particles present in the solution. Osmotic pressure of 30% ionized 0.1M K 2 SO 4 solution at 27 0 c is

    The solution with highest vapour pressure of the following is

    Volume of centimolar sulphuric acid which can exactly neutralize 300ml of decimolar caustic potash solution is

    The liquid mixture which shows positive deviations from Raoult’s law is

    A mixture can be homogeneous or heterogeneous. Bronze is an example of

    Value of cryoscopic constant depends on

    0.73 grams of HCl is dissolved in 800 ml solution. Molarity of the solution is

    Van’t Hoff factor of 33% dissociated AlF 3 solution is

    0.8 grams of NaOH is dissolved in a 50 ml solution. Normality of the solution is —– N

    Which one of the following statement is correct regarding minimum boiling azeotrope ?

    0.1 gram equivalents of KOH is dissolved in a six litre solution. Molarity of the solution is

    1.2 litres of 1 M Barium hydroxide is diluted to 6 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    4.5 litres of 6 M H 2 SO 4 is diluted to 1.5 N solution. Final volume of the solution is ——- litres

    450 ml of 0.9 M Sulphuric acid is diluted to 0.45 N solution. Volume of water added is —— mL

    0.1 litre of 1.25 M Phosphorous acid is diluted to 1 litre solution. Normality of the resultant solution is —- N

    Molar mass of acetic acid measured by osmotic pressure experiments is 75 grams. Degree of dimerization of acetic acid dissolved in benzene is

    20 ml of 1.8 M Hydrochloric acid completely neutralizes 50 ml of ‘X’ M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    Percentage of Nitrogen in the gaseous mixture of respiratory apparatus used by scuba divers is

    30 ml of 0.15 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    Osmotic pressure is least for

    Vanthoff factor of calomel in a solution where it is assumed to undergo 50% ionization is

    Boiling point of 0.5 m NaCl is 373.52 K. Degree of ionization of NaCl is K b of water = 0 . 52 K . Kg . mol – 1

    120 ml of 0.05 M Phosphorous acid completely neutralizes ‘X’ ml of 0.1 M KOH solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ ml of 0.8 M Sulphuric acid completely neutralizes 100 ml of 2.8 M Barium hydroxide solution. The value of ‘X’ is

    ‘X’ litres of 0.75 M tribasic acid completely neutralizes 1 litre of 2.25 M diacidic base. The value of ‘X’ is

    36% of a solute is trimerised in a solution. Van’t Hoff factor of the solute in the solution is

    3 litres of 1 M H 2 SO 4 and 1 litres of 2 M NaOH are mixed with each other.The solution is diluted to ten litres. Proton concentration of the resultant mixture is —– M

    Which one of the following is not an ideal solution ?

    Two volatile liquids ‘A’ and ‘B’ are mixed in the mole ratio 1 : 4. Vapour pressure of pure liquid ‘A’ is 800 mmHg and pure liquid ‘B’ is 100 mmHg. Mole fraction of ‘B’ in vapour phase will be

    At 300 K, 0.15 M Fructose solution is isotonic with 0.1 M KCl solution. Percentage of dissociation of KCl in the solution is

    Molarity of a solution of density 0.4 g/ml is 1 M. Molality of the same solution under similar conditions will be (Molar mass of solute – 100 g)

    n-factor of potassium dichromate as oxidant in acidic medium is ‘X’. n-factor of stannous sulphate as reductant in acidic medium is ‘Y’. Product of X and Y is

    25 ml of Ferrous sulphate solution reduces 75 ml of 0.04 M potassium permanganate solution in acidic medium. Molarity of Ferrous sulphate solution is

    At 298 K , Henry’s law constant of a gas ‘X’ dissolved in water 1 . 8 × 10 – 5 Kbar . Number of moles of ‘X’ dissolved in 100 grams of water at 1 atm and 298 K will be

    Degree of ionization of 0.1 m aqueous NaCl is α 1 . Degree of ionization of 0.1 m aqueous K 3 Fe CN 6 is α 2 . Both these solutions have the same boiling point when α 1 : α 2 is equal to

    Molar mass of Na 2 SO 4 dissolved in water is determined from depression of freezing point experiment. Molar mass of Na 2 SO 4 observed can never be

    Twelve grams of urea dissolved in 1 Kg of water showed a depression of freezing point of ‘X’. 36 grams of glucose dissolved in 500 grams of water showed a depression of freezing point of ‘Y’. Correct relation between ‘X’ and ‘Y’ is

    At certain temperature, when 20 grams of a non-volatile solute is dissolved in 180 grams of water, the vapour pressure of water lowered from 81 mm Hg to 80.19 mm Hg. Molar mass of non volatile solute is nearly

    54 ml of liquid ‘A’ is mixed with 54 ml of liquid ‘B’. The volume of the mixture formed is 108 ml. The two liquids are most likely to be

    Molar mass of a diacidic base is 10g. Density of its aqueous solution is 1 g/ cc. More concentrated solution among the following is

    Vapour pressure of a liquid depends on many factors. Correct statement of the following is

    Relative lowering of vapour pressure of non aqueous solution containg non volatile solute is 0.1. Molality of the solution will be ——(MW of solvent=50)

    80 grams of solute ( molar mass = 160 g ) is dissolved in 100 ml solution of density 1.8 g/ml. Molality of the solution is

    Freezing point of aqueous solution of potassium ferrocyanide can be

    Van’t Hoff factor of ‘X’ molal Sodium chloride solution is least when ‘X’ is

    Molarity of 2 N Potassium ferricyanide solution is

    Mole fraction of solute in 10%(w/w) aqueous NaOH solution is

    The composition of bronze is

    The composition of german silver is

    The exact composition of brass is

    The exact composition of german silver is

    which of the fallowing one determine the chemical properties of the solution?

    which of the fallowing component in lesser component in the solution?

    Homogeneous mixture means

    Homogeneous mixture have

    Solution have

    Sodium fluoride is mostly used in

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A 1ppm of F – in water i tooth to become mottled B 1.5 ppm of F – in water ii water become poisonous C Grater than than 1.5 ppm of F – in water iii used in rat poison iv prevent tooth decay Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C 1 ii i iv 2 i ii ii 3 iv i ii 4 ii iv iii

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A 1ppm of F – in water i tooth to become mottled B 1.5 ppm of F – in water ii water become poisonous C Grater than than 1.5 ppm of F – in water iii used in rat poison iv prevent tooth decay Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C 1 ii i iv 2 i ii ii 3 iv i ii 4 ii iv iii

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A 1ppm of F – in water i tooth to become mottled B 1.5 ppm of F – in water ii water become poisonous C Grater than than 1.5 ppm of F – in water iii used in rat poison iv prevent tooth decay Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C 1 ii i iv 2 i ii ii 3 iv i ii 4 ii iv iii

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A 1ppm of F – in water i tooth to become mottled B 1.5 ppm of F – in water ii water become poisonous C Grater than than 1.5 ppm of F – in water iii used in rat poison iv prevent tooth decay Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C 1 ii i iv 2 i ii ii 3 iv i ii 4 ii iv iii

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A A solution of gas in gas i Mixture of oxygen and nitrogen B A solution of solid in liquid ii O 2 dissolved in water C A solution of liquid in liquid iii Amalgam of mercury with sodium D A solution of liquid in solid iv Glucose in water v Ethanol in water Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C D 1 i iv v iii 2 iii ii iv v 3 i iii iv ii 4 i iv ii v

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A A solution of gas in gas i Mixture of oxygen and nitrogen B A solution of solid in liquid ii O 2 dissolved in water C A solution of liquid in liquid iii Amalgam of mercury with sodium D A solution of liquid in solid iv Glucose in water v Ethanol in water Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C D 1 i iv v iii 2 iii ii iv v 3 i iii iv ii 4 i iv ii v

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A A solution of gas in gas i Mixture of oxygen and nitrogen B A solution of solid in liquid ii O 2 dissolved in water C A solution of liquid in liquid iii Amalgam of mercury with sodium D A solution of liquid in solid iv Glucose in water v Ethanol in water Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C D 1 i iv v iii 2 iii ii iv v 3 i iii iv ii 4 i iv ii v

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A A solution of gas in gas i Mixture of oxygen and nitrogen B A solution of solid in liquid ii O 2 dissolved in water C A solution of liquid in liquid iii Amalgam of mercury with sodium D A solution of liquid in solid iv Glucose in water v Ethanol in water Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C D 1 i iv v iii 2 iii ii iv v 3 i iii iv ii 4 i iv ii v

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A A solution of gas in gas i Mixture of oxygen and nitrogen B A solution of solid in liquid ii O 2 dissolved in water C A solution of liquid in liquid iii Amalgam of mercury with sodium D A solution of liquid in solid iv Glucose in water v Ethanol in water Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C D 1 i iv v iii 2 iii ii iv v 3 i iii iv ii 4 i iv ii v

    How much percentage of fluoride ions in water causes poisonous?

    1 part per million (ppm) of fluoride ions in water

    How much percentage of fluoride ions in water causes the tooth to become mottled?

    Statement I: Intravenous injections are always dissolved in water containing salts at particular ionic concentrations Statement II: At particular ionic concentrations that match with blood plasma concentrations

    Match Column I with Column II Column I Column II A A solution of gas in gas i Mixture of oxygen and nitrogen B A solution of solid in liquid ii O 2 dissolved in water C A solution of liquid in liquid iii Amalgam of mercury with sodium D A solution of liquid in solid iv Glucose in water v Ethanol in water Choose the correct answer from the options given. A B C D 1 i iv v iii 2 iii ii iv v 3 i iii iv ii 4 i iv ii v

    What (v/v) solution of ethylene glycol, an antifreeze, is used in cars for cooling the engine?

    35% (v/v) solution of ethylene glycol, an antifreeze, is used in cars for cooling the engine. At this concentration the antifreeze lowers the freezing point of water to

    Statement I: 35% (v/v) solution of ethylene glycol, an antifreeze, is used in cars for cooling the engine. Statement II: At this concentration the antifreeze lowers the freezing point of water to 255.4K (–17.6°C).

    Which of the fallowing compound an antifreeze, is used in cars for cooling the engine?

    Statement I: Mass %, ppm, mole fraction and molality are independent of temperature, whereas molarity is a function of temperature. Statement II: This is because volume depends on temperature and the mass does not

    Which of the fallowing concentration term is independent on temperature?

    Biotechnology And Its Applications Questions for CBSE Class 12th

    Plants like Bt corn and Bt rice are resistant to-

    Which variety of rice was patented by a U.S. company even though the highest number of varieties of this rice is found in India ?

    Nematode-specific genes were introduced into the host plant using:

    The protein produced by some strains of Bacillus thuringiensis can kill all of the following except

    Golden rice is rice variety developed by using rDNA technology. It is Genetically modified rice with the following quality.

    Silencing of mRNA has been used in producing transgenic plants resistant to

    Golden rice is

    Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) strains have been used for designing novel

    CryIIAb and cryIAb produce toxins that control

    Match column I with column II and select the correct option. Column I Column II A. Rhizobium i. Production of human insulin B. Bacillus thuringiensis ii. Production of Bt toxin C. Escherichia coli iii. Scavenging of oil spills D. Pseudomonas putida iv. Nif gene A B C D 1. i ii iii iv 2. ii i iv iii 3. iv ii i iii 4. iv i ii iii

    Chemical nature of Bt toxin is

    Cotton bollworms are controlled by the genes-

    Golden rice is enriched with:

    RNA interference (RNAi) takes place in which of the following organisms?

    A transgenic food crop which may help in solving the problem of night blindness in developing countries is

    Select the incorrect match.

    Which body of the Government of India regulates GM research and safety of introducing GM organisms for public services?

    RNA interference involves

    To control cotton boll worm, the following genes of Bt are selected.

    This is not the critical area of research in biotechnology.

    Genetic Engineering Approval Committee (GEAC) doesn’t deal with issues related to

    The spores of bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis are used as

    Which of the following is an incorrect statement regarding genetic modification of crops?

    Which of the following is incorrect with respect to Bt toxin?

    Which of the following is an incorrect statement?

    The cry gene is obtained from

    Which of the following is an incorrect statement?

    The RNA interference technique is used successfully to control the nematode

    Which of the following is incorrect with respect to Bt cotton plant?

    Which of the following is an incorrect statement?

    Fill in the blanks with appropriate options. (i) A are produced by the hybridoma technique. (ii) Potential pathogens for bioweapons are B . (iii) C is removed during the processing of proinsulin to insulin. (iv) D was the first mammal to be cloned. (v) The exploitation of bio-resources without proper authorisation is called E . A B C D E 1. Bt cotton Vibrio cholera Peptide Tracy bioethics 2. Bt cotton Yersinia pestis Peptide Dolly biopiracy 3. Monoclonal antibody Bacillus anthracis Peptide Dolly biopiracy 4. Monoclonal antibody Bacillus anthracis Peptide Tracy bioethics

    Crystals of Bt toxin produced by some bacteria do not kill the bacteria themselves because :

    Read the following statements regarding the three critical research areas of biotechnology. A: Providing the best catalyst in the form of improved organism usually a microbe or pure enzyme. B: Creating optimal conditions through engineering for a catalyst to act. C: Downstream processing technologies to purify the genetically modified organism. Identify the correct statements.

    Bt tomato and Bt potato are-

    Food production can be increased by- I- Agro-chemical based agriculture II- Organic agriculture III- Genetically engineered crop-based agriculture

    Choose the incorrect statement.

    GEAC stands for

    The use of bioresources by multinational companies and other organizations without proper authorisation from the countries and people concerned without compensatory payment is called

    Which of the following statement is correct about Bt toxin ?

    Which one of the following statement(s) is/are correct about Genetic Engineering Approval committee (GEAC) ? (i) It will make decision regarding the validity of GM research. (ii) It will make the safety of introducing GM- organism for public services. (iii) Its genetic modification of organism can have unpredictable results when such organisms are introduced into the ecosystem. Therefore, the Indian government has set up organisation such as GEAC.

    Statement A : Blood clotting is prevented by hirudin protein. Statement B : The gene encoding for the hirudin protein is transferred into Brassica napus , where accumulation of hirudin occurs in the seeds.

    Statement A : The GEAC (Genetic Engineering Approval Committee) has been set up by the Indian Government. Statement B : Introduction of GMO could have unpredictable result in the ecosystem.

    Match the items given in column – I with those in column – II and choose the correct option. Column – I Column – II A. GMO I. Increased shelf life B. Flavr – Savr tomato II. Bioresources C. Biopiracy III. rDNA D. E.coli IV. Insulin A B C D 1. III I II IV 2. II I III IV 3. II III I IV 4. IV I II III

    Biotechnology deals with industrial scale production of biopharmaceuticals and biological products using genetically modified a. microbes b. fungi c. plants and animals

    The RNAi stands for

    Meloidegyne incognitia infecting the roots of tobacco plants is a/an

    India has a rich diversity of rice. It is estimated to be:

    The organization responsible for make decisions regarding the safety of introducing GMOs for public services:

    Use of bio-resources by multinational companies without proper authorization is:

    How many documented varieties of Basmati rice are grown in India?

    An American company got patent rights on which of the following crop through the US Patent and Trademark Office?

    Genetically modified organisms are produced by manipulation in

    In B. thuringiensis , Bt toxins are produced-

    The use of bio-resources by multinational companies and other organisations without proper authorisation from the concerned countries and people and without compensatory payment is called:

    How many documented varieties of Basmati are grown in India?

    Meloidegyne incognita is a

    According to the latest estimates, how many documented varieties of basmati rice are grown in India?

    In Bt cotton, the Bt to xin present in plant tissue as protoxin is converted into active toxin due to

    The crops engineered for glyphosate are resistant/tolerant to

    Golden rice is a genetically modified crop plant where the incorporated gene is meant for biosynthesis of

    Which part of the tobacco plant is infected by Meloidogyne incognita ?

    In India, the organisation responsible for assessing the safety of introducing genetically modified organisms for public use is

    A ‘new’ variety of rice was patented by a foreign company,though such varieties have been present in India for a long time. This is related to

    Use of bioresources by multinational companies and organisations without authorisation from the concerned country and its people is called

    What triggers activation of protoxin to active toxin of Bacillus thuringiensis in boll worm?

    Which of the following is true for Golden rice?

    GEAC stands for

    The choice of selecting cry gene is dependent upon the I. Crop species II. Targeted insect pests III. Bacterial species

    Corn borer is controlled by selecting the following gene in developing GM corn.

    Meloidegyne incognitia causes

    Choose the incorrect statement with respect to development of pest resistant tobacco plant.

    By applying the novel strategy RNA interference, the following is developed which is beneficial to agriculture

    Match the organism with its use in biotechnology: Column I Column II (a) Bacillus thuringiensis (i) Cloning vector (b) Thermus aquaticus (ii) Construction of first rDNA molecule (c) Agrobacterium tumefaciens (iii) DNA polymerase (d) Salmonella typhimurium (iv) Cry protein Select the correct option from the following:

    Bt cotton variety that was developed by the introduction of toxin gene of Bacillus thuringiensis (Bt) is resistant to :

    Golden rice is developed by incorporating the genes of the following organisms into rice by genetic engineering. A. Erwinia B. Narcissus C. Naustortium D. Elodea

    The laws and rules to prevent unauthorised exploitation of bio-resources are termed as

    RNA interference is used for which of the following purposes in the field of biotechnology?

    Exploitation of bioresources of a nation by multinational companies without authorization from the concerned country is referred to as-

    In RNAi, the genes are silenced using:

    A genetically engineered bacterium first used for cleaning the oil spills, was a species of:

    What is the meaning of Bt in Bt cotton ?

    Bt toxin becomes active at the following pH

    Which of the following Bt crops is being grown in India by the farmers?

    Bt gene has information for the formation of

    RNAi takes place in all eukaryotic organisms as a method of:

    Which of the following is true for Flavr-Savr tomato?

    An American company illegally got patent on variety of which crop?

    Biopiracy is

    Which of the following is an incorrect statement?

    Cry endotoxins obtained from Bacillus thuringiensis are effective against

    In RNA interference (RNAi), genes are silenced using

    The strategy applied in developing resistance to Meloidegyne in tobacco plants is

    In Bacillus thuringiensis, the bacteria itself is not killed by the toxic protein crystals because it is

    Which of the following statements are correct regarding the process of RNA interference? (i) RNAi has been used to prevent nematode infestation of tobacco plants. (ii) RNAi takes place in all eukaryotic organisms as a method of cellular defence. (iii) The method involves silencing of specific nRNA using complementary dsDNA molecule that binds and prevents translation of mRNA. (iv) Using retrovirus vectors, nematode-specific genes were introduced into the host plant.

    The toxin of Bacillus thuringiensis is activated by

    Which of the following is true with respect to Bt toxin?

    The genetically engineered rice with genes associated with synthesis of carotene was developed by

    The father of Green Revolution is

    Biopiracy means:

    GEAC stands for

    The Indian parliament has recently cleared the second amendment of the Bill, which takes issues such as patent terms, emergency provisions, and research and development initiative.

    GEAC makes decisions a. regarding validity of GM research b. regarding safety of introducing GM organisms for public services c. for creating GM foods addressing their safety concerns

    Which of the following is incorrect ?

    The technique that involves formation of double stranded RNA in cell, further inhibiting the translation of pathogen specific mRNA is:

    Food production can be increased by a. agro-chemical based agriculture b. organic agriculture c. genetically engineered based agriculture

    The following are the advantages of GM crops, except

    Bt toxin produced by Bacillus thuringiensis does not kill the bacteria itself because:

    Bt -toxin is insecticidal because

    Bt -toxin is obtained from

    In which of the processes is both the DNA strands transcribed?

    The abbreviation ‘B’ in Bt -toxin stands for

    How many varieties of rice have been estimated to be present in India?

    Silencing of a gene could be achieved through the use of

    The objective of applying the process of RNAi is (with respect to root knot of tobacco)

    Which country company got patent rights on a variety of basmati rice in the year 1997.

    Cultivation of the following crops can minimize the usage of chemical pesticides.

    Which of the following vector is used to introduce nematode specific genes into the host plant?

    Match column I with column II Column I Column II (a) Golden rice (i) Control the cotton bollworms (b) cryIAc (ii) Organisation which will make decisions regarding the validity of GM research and the safety of introducing GM-organisms for public services. (c) Meloidegyne incognitia (iii) Vitamin A enriched (d) GEAC (iv) Infects the roots of tobacco plants

    Genetically modified (GM) plants have been useful in-

    Meloidogyne incognita which causes infection in roots of tobacco plant is a-

    Which part of the tobacco plant is infected by Meloidogyne incognita ?

    Bt toxin protein exist as inactive protoxins but get converted into an active form of toxin in the-

    Which of the following gene isolated from Bacillus thurigiensis has been known to control the insect population of cotton bollworm?

    In order to protect cotton plants from insect infection, mode of action of Bt toxin is:

    Which of the following is not an advantage of genetic modifications in plants?

    In order to prevent early exhaustion of fertility of soil, farmers should

    Bt toxin is produced from

    Choose the incorrect match.

    Inactive Bt toxins are converted into active form inside the

    The activated Bt toxin inside insect’s gut, binds to the surface of

    Corn borers are controlled by the gene:

    How many documented varieties of Basmati are grown in India?

    Choose the correct statement

    Identify the gene that encodes for protein which controls corn borer.

    How many varieties of rice has been estimated to be present in India?

    Which step of Government of India has taken to cater requirement of patent terms and other emergency provisions in this regard ?

    Which of the following is a correct statement?

    Which of the following statements is correct ? a. The current interest in the manipulation of microbes, plants and animals has raised serious ethical issues. b. One possible risk of genetic engineering is the accidental production of dangerously resistant microorganisms. c. Although risks are possible, genetic engineering appears to offer more of contribution to human welfare than threats.

    Which of the following statements (i – v) is/are incorrect ? (i) Recombinant DNA technology is used to improve crop plants by increasing their productivity, by making them more nutritious and by developing disease resistant. (ii) Bt cotton is resistant to bollworm infestation. (iii) Bacillus thuringiensis can form cry protein during any phase of their growth. (iv) Bacillus thuringiensis is not harmed by self cry protein because of its occurrence as protoxin (inactive). (v) Protoxin cry protein is changed into active cry protein in the stomach of insects due to alkaline pH in stomach.

    Statement A : Flavr Savr tomato is transgenic tomato that is capable of remaining fresh and retaining the flavour for a longer time. Statement B : In this, production of pectin degrading polygalactouronase is blocked.

    Which of the following Bt crops is being grown in India by the farmers?

    Main objective of production/use of herbicide resistant GM crops is to

    Bt toxin is

    Cry II Ab and cry I Ac produce toxins that control

    RNA interference involves

    Nematode infection in the roots of tobacco plants can be prevented using

    RNA interference involves silencing of a specific mRNA due to:

    Source of complementary dsRNA molecules used in the process of RNA interference could be: A: Viruses having RNA genomes B: Mobile genetic elements C: Viruses having DNA genomes

    Choose the incorrect statement in context to RNA interference.

    Bacillus thuringiensis produce toxic proteins capable of killing-

    Inactive Bt toxins are converted into active form in a medium possessing pH:

    The mobile genetic element is

    DNA parts which can switch their positions are

    In India, the organisation responsible or assessing the safety of introducing genetically modified organisms for public use is

    How many documented varieties of Basmati rice are grown in India?

    In 1997, an American company got patent rights on a ‘new variety’ of Basmati rice. How was this ‘new variety’ of Basmati formed?

    RNA interference take place in:

    Golden rice is enriched with:

    The illegal use of bio-resources by multinational companies is termed as:

    Activation of Bt protoxins takes place in:

    In RNAi technique, a specific mRNA can be silenced using a complimentary:

    Which of the following is used as vector to introduce disease causing nematode specific genes into a host plant?

    Select the incorrect statement

    Product of gene cry is

    Statement A: The Bt toxin protein exist as inactive protoxins but once an insect ingest the inactive toxin, it is converted into an active form of toxin due to the alkaline pH of the gut which solubilise the crystals. Statement B: The activated toxin binds to the surface of midgut epithelial cells and create pores that cause cell swelling and lysis and eventually cause death of the insect.

    What is true about Bt-toxin ?

    Statement A: GEAC makes decisions regarding the validity of GM research and the safety of introducing GM-organisms for public services. Statement B: Biopiracy is the term used to refer to the use of bio-resources by multinational companies and other organisations without proper authorisation from the countries and people concerned without compensatory payment.

    Which is incorrect among the following?

    Choose the transgenic variety of a crop that substantially reduces post harvest losses.

    Use of bioresources by multinational companies and organisations without authorisation from the concerned country and its people is called

    Transgenic plants are the ones :

    The RNA interference technique is used effectively to control the nematode

    The main objective of production of herbicide-resistant GM crops is to

    Which of the following statements are correct regarding the process of RNA interference? (i) RNAi has been used to prevent nematode infestation of tobacco plants. (ii) RNAi takes place in all eukaryotic organisms as a method of cellular defense. (iii) The method involves silencing of specific mRNA using a complementary dsDNA molecule that binds and prevents the translation of mRNA. (iv) Using retrovirus vectors, nematode-specific genes were introduced in the host plant.

    Ti plasmid is found in

    Three basic steps are required for making GMO are I. Identification of DNA with a desirable gene. II. Introduction of identified DNA into the host. III. Maintenance of introduced DNA in the host and transfer of the DNA to progeny. What is the correct sequence of involvement?

    The poison of Bacillus thuringiensis is activated by

    Mineral usage efficiency of plants can be A by genetic modification of plants, and thus the exhaustion of fertility of the soil is B

    Cotton bollworms are controlled by certain proteins that are coded by

    Which of the following organization is authorized for checking the validity of genetic research?

    The protein products of the Bt toxin genes cryl Ac and cryll Ab are responsible for controlling

    The source of complementary RNA required for RNA silencing is

    Select the correct statement about about RNAi process. (a) It involves silencing of a specific mRNA (b) A cellular mechanism that uses the genes’ own DNA sequence to turn off mRNA expression. (c) It is a type of cellular defense.

    Toxins produced by genes cryll Ab and cryI Ab control :

    The activated Bt- toxin binds to the

    Chemical Equilibrium Questions for CBSE Class 11th

    Which one of the following statements is incorrect about chemical equilibrium?

    For the reversible reaction, A ⇌   2 B , K c = 10 . At certain instant, [A] = 2M and [B] = 200M. Then the correct statement is

    The vapour pressure of a liquid in a closed container depends on : (1) temperature of liquid (2) quantity of liquid (3) surface area of the liquid

    Correct statement among the following is

    In the decomposition of PCl 5 , the degree of decomposition of PCl 5 is 0.5. If initially 2 moles of PCl 5 is taken in a 2 litre vessel, the value of K p at an equilibrium pressure of 2 atm is

    A 10 litre container at 400K contains CO 2 g at 0.1 atm and an excess solid metal oxide, MO. The volume of the container is now decreased by moving the movable piston fitted to the container. Maximum volume of the container when the pressure of CO 2 attains its maximum value will be MCO 3 ( s ) ⇌ MO ( s ) + CO 2 ( g ) ; ( K p = 0.8 atm)

    At 500 K, equilibrium constant, K c , for the following reaction is 5. 1 2 H 2 g + 1 2 I 2 g ⇌ HI g What would be the equilibrium constant K c for the reaction? 2 HI g ⇌ H 2 g + I 2 g

    Predict which of the following reaction will have appreciable concentration of reactants and products?

    Which of the following is the example of a reversible reaction?

    In the reaction, C ( s ) + CO 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 CO ( g ) , when pressure is increased, the reaction goes in the

    K a 1 , K a 2 and K a 3 are the respective ionisation constants for the following reactions. H 2 S ⇌ H + + HS – HS – ⇌ H + + S 2 – H 2 S ⇌ 2 H + + S 2 – The correct relationship between K a 1 , K a 2 , K a 3 is

    The value of K c for the reaction 2 A ⇌ B + C is 2 × 10 – 3 . At a given time, the composition of the mixture is A = B = C = 3 × 10 – 4 M . Identify correct statement about the equllibrium system.

    Attainmenet of “equilibrium state” with the help of “constancy in intensity of colour” is noticed in the case of following reaction occuring in a closed vessel

    Which of the following is an irreversible reaction.

    The reaction is reversible if it is carried out

    When H 2 and I 2 are mixed and equilibrium is attained, then

    Regarding a catalyst some statements are given below. Correct statement among the following is

    When the rate of formation of reactants is equal to the rate of formation of products, this is known as,

    The following are some statements about equilibrium constant. (A) Equilibrium constant is influenced by temperature change (B) Value of equilibrium constant gives an idea about the extent of completion of reaction (C) Equilibrium constant is influenced by volume and pressure changes The correct combination is.

    At a given temperature, for a reversible reaction, if the concentration of reactants is doubled then the equilibrium constant will

    1) 2) 3) 4) From the above data, the most stable oxide is

    The reaction is carried out in a litre flask. If the same reaction is carried out in a 2 litre flask at the same temperature, the equilibrium constant will be

    K C for is 'K', then for , it is

    The equilibrium constants for the following reactions are K 1 and K 2 respectively, equilibrium constant for the following reaction will be

    The reaction which goes farthest to completion is

    The equilibrium constant, K p for the gaseous reaction A ⇌ 2B is related to degree of dissociation ( α ) of A and total pressure P as

    For this reaction the value of K p K c will be

    With increase in temperature generally the value of the equilibrium constant of endothermic reversible reaction

    A gas bulb is filled with NO 2 gas and immersed in an ice bath at 0 0 C which becomes colourless after sometime. This colourless gas will be

    If pressure is increased on the equilibrium, ice ⇌ water

    A liquid is in equilibrium with its vapour at its boiling point.The molecules in the two phases have equal

    For the gaseous reaction as per Lechatelier’s principle which of the following changes favour forward reaction yielding more sulphur trioxide ? A) Adding more oxygen B) Removing sulphur trioxide C) Applying high pressure D) presence of catalyst

    At 298K, the equilibrium constant for a reaction is 100. If the initial concentration of each species is 1M, the equilibrium concentration of D in molL – 1 is

    The equilibrium constant for the given reaction is 100. What is the equilibrium constant for the reaction given : at same temperature is

    4g H 2 and 127g I 2 are mixed & heated in 10 lit closed vessel until equilibrium is reached. If the equilibrium concentration of HI is 0.05 M, total number of moles present at equilbrium is

    At a given temperature, K c is 4 for the reaction . Initially 0.6 moles each of H 2 and CO 2 are taken in 1lit flask. The equilibrium concentration of H 2 O (g) is

    A mixture of 2 moles of N 2 and 8 moles of H 2 are heated in a 2 lit vessel, till equilibrium is established. At equilibrium, 0.4 moles of N 2 was present. The equilibrium concentration of H 2 will be

    At constant temperature 80% AB dissociates into A 2 and B 2 , then the equillibrium constant for is

    For the gaseous reaction, A + B ⇌ C + D , the initial concentration of ‘A’ and ‘B’ are equal. The equilibrium concentration of ‘C’ is half the initial concentration of ‘A’. The equilibrium constant for the reaction is

    1.0 mole of ethyl alcohol and 1.0 mole of acetic acid are mixed. At equilibrium, 0.666 mole of ester is formed. The value of equilibrium constant is

    9.2g of N 2 O 4(g) is taken in 1lit vessel and heated. At equilibrium, 50% is dissociated. Equilibrium constant in (mol/lit) for the reaction N 2 O 4(g) ⇌ 2NO 2(g) is

    For , , K f and K b respectively are 0.25 and 5000 at 400K. Now, K c for same process at 500K may be

    ‘x’ moles of N 2 O 4 is taken at P 1 atm in a closed vessel & heated. When 75% of N 2 O 4 dissociated at equilibrium, total pressure at equilibrium was found to be P 2 atm. The relation between P 1 and P 2 is

    For , continuous removal of NH 3 maintains the following condition

    A vessel contains N 2 O 4 & NO 2 in 2:3 molar ratio at 10 atm under equilibrium. Now, K P for is

    20 gm of CaCO 3 is allowed to dissociate in a 5.6 litre container at 819 0 C. If 50% of CaCO 3 is dissocitated at equilibrium, the 'K p ' value is

    When the molar concentrations of SO 2 , O 2 and SO 3 at equilbrium at certain temperature are 0.5, 0.25 & 0.25M respectively, K C for is

    N 2 O 4 at an initial pressure of 2atm. and 300k dissociates to an extent of 20% at the same temperature by the time equilibrium is established. K p for the reaction 2NO 2 ⇌ N 2 O 4 is

    Some amount of solid NH 4 HS is placed in a flask already containing ammonia gas at a certain temperature and 0.50 atm. Ammonium hydrogen sulphide decomposes to yield NH 3 and H 2 S gases in the flask. When the decomposition reaction reaches equilibrium the total pressure in the flask rises to 0.84 atm. The equilibrium constant for NH 4 HS decomposition at this temperature is

    For the gaseous phase reaction , initially there are 2 mole each of A&B. If 0.4 mol of D is present at equilibrium at a given T & P, incorrect relationship is

    For at equilibrium, , where P is equilibrum pressure. Then degree of dissociation of PCl 5 at that temperature is

    If the percentage dissociation of N 2 O 4 is 50, the ratio of Kp and P eq for N 2 O 4 ⇌ 2 NO 2 becomes equal to

    For the reaction at 900K, the equilibrium steam-hydrogen mixture was found to be 40% H 2 by volume. The K P is

    The vapour density of N 2 O 4 at certain temperature is 30. What is the percentage dissociation of N 2 O 4 at that temperature?

    140 mm pressure is developed at equilibrium when PCl 5 at 100mm is subjected to dissociation. Then K P for PCl 3 +Cl 2 ⇌ PCl 5 is (in atm -1 ) nearly

    20% of N 2 O 4 molecules are dissociated in a sample of gas at 27ºC and 760 torr. Mixture has the density at equilibrium equal to

    Equilibrium constant depends on

    Consider the following statements. I. In general, the temperature dependence of the equilibrium constant depends on the sign of ∆ H for the reaction. II. The equilibrium constant for an exothermic reaction (negative, ∆ H )decreases as the temperature increases. III. The equilibrium constant for an endothermic reaction (positive, ∆ H )increases as the temperature increases. IV. Temperature changes affect the equilibrium constant and rates of reactions. Choose the correct statements.

    Match the Column I with Column II and choose the correct option from the codes given below. Column I (Process) Column II (Conclusion) A. Liquid ⇌ vapour 1. Concentration of solute in solution is constant at a given temperature. B. Solid ⇌ liquild 2. [ Gas ( aq ) ] [ Gas ( s ) ] is – constant at a given temperature. C. Solute ( S ) ⇌ solute ( solution ) 3. P H 2 O constant at given temperature D. Gas ( g ) ⇌ Gas ( aq ) 4. Melting point is fixed at constant pressure. Codes

    A 10 litre closed vessel contains 5 moles of nitrogen, 10 moles of hydrogen and 10 moles of ammonia at equilibrium. Equilibrium constant for the reaction N 2 + 3 H 2 ⇌ 2 NH 3 is

    The equilibrium constant for a reaction is K, and the reaction quotient is Q. For a particular reaction mixture, the ratio K Q is 0.33 This means that

    The equilibrium constant Kc for the following reaction at 842 o C is 7.90 x 10 -3 .What is K p at same temperature? 1 2 F 2 ( g ) ⇌ F ( g )

    A catalyst is a substance which :

    What will be the effect on the equilibrium constant on increasing temperature , if the reaction neither absorbs heat nor releases heat?

    An equilibrium mixture of the reaction 2 H 2 S ( g ) ⇌ 2 H 2 ( g ) + S 2 ( g ) had 0.5 mole H 2 S, 0.10 mole H 2 and 0.4 mole S 2 in one liter vessel. The value of equilibrium constant (K) in mol litre -1 is

    The equilibrium constant for the following reaction is 10.5 at 500 K. A system at equilibrium has [ CO ] = 0 . 250 M and H 2 = 0 . 120 M what is the CH 3 OH ? CO ( g ) + 2 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ CH 3 OH ( g )

    One mole of pure ethyl alcohol was treated with one mole of pure acetic acid at 25 o C. One-third of the acid changes into ester at equilibrium. The equilibrium constant for the reaction will be :

    when heated, ammonium carbamate decomposes as follows NH 4 COONH 2 ( s ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) + CO 2 ( g ) At a certain temperature, the equilibrium pressure of the system is 0.318 arm. K p for the reaction is :

    5 Moles of SO 2 and 5 moles of O 2 are allowed to react. At equilibrium, it was found that 60% of SO 2 is used up. If the pressure of the equilibrium mixture is one atmosphere, the partial pressure of O 2 is

    Pure PCl 5 is introduced into an evacuated chamber and comes to equilibrium at 247 o C and 2.0 atm. The equilibrium gaseous mixture contains 40% chlorine by volume. Calculate K p at 247 ∘ C for the reaction PCl 5 ( g ) ⇌ PCl 3 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g )

    For the reaction XCO 3 ( s ) ⇌ XO ( s ) + CO 2 ( g ) , K p = 1 .642 atm at 727 ∘ C . If 4 Mole of XCO 3 ( s ) was put into a 50 liter container and heated to 727 O C What mole percent of the XCO 3 , remains unreacted at equilibrium?

    Bond dissociation energies of following reactios is given below A – B A ∙ + B ∙ ; ∆ H 1 A – B A ⊕ + B ⊝ ; ∆ H 2 Identify correct relation(magnitude only)

    The volume of the reaction vessel containing an equilibrium mixture is increased in the following reaction SO 2 Cl 2 ( g ) ⇌ SO 2 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) When equilibrium is re-established :

    The graph which represents all the equilibrium concentrations for the reaction N 2 O 4 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO 2 ( g ) Then the select the correct graph for concentrations of NO 2 against concentrations of N 2 O 4

    The vapour pressure of mercury is 0.002 mm Hg at 27 ∘ C . K c for the process Hg ( l ) ⇌ Hg ( g ) is

    For which of the following equilibria is K c = K p

    Le-Chatelier principle is not applicable to :

    Consider the following reaction and determine which of the conditions will shift the equilibrium position to the right? 4 NH 3 ( g ) + 5 O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 4 NO ( g ) + 6 H 2 O ( g ) + Heat

    For the equilibrium reaction NH 4 HS (s) ⇌ NH 3(g) +H 2 S (g) K p at a given temperature is 25 atm 2 . Total pressure at equilibrium is

    For which one of the following reaction at equilibrium constant value increases with decrease in temperature.

    The value of ∆ G ° for a reaction in aqueous phase having K c = 1, would be:

    For a given exothermic reaction K p and K p ‘ are the equilibrium constants at temperatures T 1 a n d T 2 , respectively. Assuming that heat of reaction is constant in temperature range between T 1 a n d T 2 , it is readily observed that

    If the value of equilibrium constant for a particular reaction is 1 . 6 × 10 12 , then at equilibrium the system will contain

    A )    2 KMnO 4       K 2 MnO 4 + MnO 2 + O 2 B )    2 NaNO 3   2 NaNO 2 + O 2 Correct statement regarding the above reactions is

    A 10 litre closed vessel contains 2 moles of nitrogen, 5 moles of hydrogen and 10 moles of ammonia at equilibrium. Equilibrium constant for the reaction N 2 + 3 H 2 ⇌ 2 NH 3 is

    A 2 g    +   B 2 g   ⇌    3 X 2 g ,     ΔH = + XkJ    According to Lechatelier’s principle, favourable conditions for the decomposition of X 2 are

    is an example of …

    Change in volume of the system does not alter the number of moles in which of the following equilibrium ?

    The following are some statements about equilibrium state A) The rate of forward reaction is equal to the rate of backward reation. B) The chemical equilibrium can be established from reactant side only C) The concentration of the reactants and products remain constant with time. The correct statements are

    A vessel (A) contains 1 mole each of N 2 and O 2 and another vessel (B) contains 2 mole each of N 2 & O 2 . Both vessels are heated to same temperature till equilibrium is established in both cases. Then, correct statement is

    Law of mass action is applicable to a) Chemical reactions [Reversible] b) Chemical reactions [Irreversible] c) Homogeneous equilibria and heterogeneous equilibria d) Physical equilibria

    The following are some statements about active masses. A) Active mass of pure liquids and solids are taken as unity. B) Active mass of electrolytes is taken as molality. C) For dilute solutions of non-electrolytes, the active mass can be taken as molarity. The correct combination is.

    Which one of the following has greater active mass?

    For the chemical reaction the amount of AB at equilibrium is affected by

    Starting from 'a' moles of H 2 and 'b' moles of I 2 an equilibrium is established with 2x moles of HI. The equilibrium constant K C is

    The following equilibria are given The equilibrium constant of the reaction, in terms of K 1 , K 2 and K 3 will be

    The equilibrium constant for the reaction , CaSO 4 . 5 H 2 O s ⇌ CaSO 4 . 3 H 2 O s + 2 H 2 O g , is equal to

    Which of the following expression is true for the system ?

    For which of the following reactions, the degree of dissociation ( α ) and equilibrium constant (K p ) are related as k p = 4 α 2 p 1 – α 2 ?

    Correct relation between K p and K c for this reaction is

    A reversible chemical reaction having two reactants in equilibrium. If the concentration of the reactants are doubled, then the equilibrium constant will

    For the physical equilibrium, ice ⇌ water , the forward reaction is not favoured by

    A reaction is at equilibrium. If the concentration of N 2 is increased the temperature of the system

    At equilibrium the concentration of ‘B’ is doubled. By what factor the concentration of ‘D’ should increase to retain the equilibrium

    In the reaction ; . On increasing the temperature the production of NO

    Exothermic formation represented by equation kJ. Which of the following will increase the quantity of ClF 3 in equilibrium mixture ?

    Of the following, which change will shift the reaction towards the product I 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 I ( g ) , ΔH 0 f ( 298 K ) = + 150 kJ

    Which one of the following statements about physical equilibrium is incorrect ?

    Wrong statement about equilibrium state is

    In which of the following reactions, the equilibrium remains unaffected on addition of small amount of argon at constant volume?

    Solubility of gases in liquids is maximum at

    Active mass of 0.64 g SO 2 in 10 lit vessel is

    The equilibrium constant for the reaction is 2 at a certain temp. The equilibrium concentrations of both H 2 and HI are 2 mol.lit -1 . What is the equilibrium concentra-tion (in mole.lit 1 ) of I 2 ?

    If equilbrium concentration of each component is 0.2M, correct order of K c of:

    Active mass of 5.6 lit nitrogen at STP

    Initially 0.8 mole of PCl 5 and 0.2 mole of PCl 3 are mixed in one litre vessel. At equilibrium 0.4 mole of PCl 3 is present. The value of K C for the reaction

    A mixture of 0.3 mole of H 2 and 0.3 mole of I 2 is allowed to react in a 10 lit vessel at 500 0 C. If K C of is 64, the amount of unreacted I 2 at equilibrium is

    . This reaction is performed in a 1 lit vessel. Equilibrium is established when 0.5 mole of benzene is present at certain temperature. If equilibrium constant is 4 lit 2 mole -2 . The total number of moles of the substances present at equilibrium.

    HI was heated in a sealed tube at 440 0 C till the equilibrium was reached. HI was found to be 22% decomposed. The equilibrium constant for the dissociation of HI is

    A (g) + 3B (g) ⇌ 4C (g) . Initial concentration of A is equal to that of B. The equilibrium concentration of A and C are equal. K C is equal to

    1.2 moles of SO 3 are allowed to dissociate in a 2 litre vessel the reaction is and the concentration of oxygen at equilibrium is 0.1 mole per litre. The total number of moles at equilibrium will be

    For A + B ⇌ C , the equilibrium concentrations of A and B at a temperature are 15 mole/lit. When volume is doubled the reaction has equilibrium concentration of A as 10 mol/lit. The concentration of C in original equilibrium is

    One mole of a compound AB reacts with one mole of a compound CD according to the equation . When equilibrium had been established it was found that 3 4 mole of reactants AB and CD had been converted to AD and CB. There is no change in volume. The equilibrium constant for the reaction is

    An equilibrium mixture for the reaction has one mole of hydrogen sulphide, 0.2 mole of H 2 and 0.8 mole of S 2 in a 2 litre vessel. The value of K C in mole litre -1 is

    1 mole A (g) is heated in 1lit closed vessel and equilibrium is reached at 300 0 C in A (g) ⇌ B (g) . If K C = 4, concentration of B (g) at equilibrium is (in mole/lit)

    For the reaction , the concentrations of A and B are equal. The equilibrium concentration of C is twice that of A. K C of the reaction is

    For the gaseous reaction , the equilibrium pressures of H 2 and N 2 are 0.4 atm and 0.8 atm respectively. The total pressure of the equilibrium system is 2.8 atm. The value of K p is

    A vessel at 1000 K contains CO 2 with a pressure of 0.5 atm. Some of CO 2 is converted into CO on addtion of graphite. The value of ‘K’ at equilibrium for the reaction, CO 2 g + C s ⇌ 2 CO g , when total pressure is 0.8 atm will be

    Kp value for is 5.0 atm -1 . What is the equilibrium partial pressure of O 2 if the equilibrium pressures of SO 2 and SO 3 are equal ?

    In a closed container and at constant temperature 0.3 mole of SO 2 and 0.2 mole of O 2 gas at 750 torr are kept with a catalyst. If at equilibrium 0.2 mole of SO 3 is formed the partial pressure of SO 2 is …….. torr

    A mixture of Nitrogen and Hydrogen is at an initial pressure of 200atm. If 20% of the mixture reacts by the time equilibrium is reached, the equilibrium pressure of the mixture is

    A vessel contains 1 mole PCl 5 (g) at 4 atm and 0.5 mole PCl 3 formed at equilibrium. Now, equilibrium pressure of mixture is (assume ideal behavior)

    P eq for at certain temperature is 0.9 atm. Then, partial pressure of ammonia at equilibrium (in atm)

    For the following reaction , the total pressure at equilibrium is 30 atm. The value of Kp is

    K C for in a 10 lit flask at certain T is 100 lit-mol -1 . Now, if equilibrium pressures of SO 2 and SO 3 are equal, then mass of O 2 present at equilibrium is

    At a certain temperature and a total pressure of 10 5 Pa, iodine vapours contain 40% by volume of iodine atoms at equilibrium I 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 I ( g ) K P for the equilibrium will be

    Ammonium carbamate when heated to 200ºC gives a mixture of NH 3 and CO 2 vapour with a density of 13. What is the degree of dissociation of ammonium carbamate?

    Dissociation constant of water at 25 0 C is

    Statement I : If Q c (Reaction quotient) < K C (equilibrium constant) reaction moves in direction of reactants. Statement II : Equilibrium constant is defined in the same way as reaction quotient at end stage of the reaction.

    Statement I : Introduction of catalyst does not affect position of equlibrium Statement II : For a reversible reaction, presence of a catalyst influences both forward & backward reaction to the same extent

    For the equilibrium reaction PCl 5(g) ⇌ PCl 3(g) + Cl 2(g) ; K c at 360 K is 0.01 mole/lit. K p for the same reaction at same temperature is

    The expression for the equilibrium constant for gaseous reaction is K c = NH 3 4 O 2 5 NO 4 H 2 O 6 . Identify the correct balanced chemical equation corresponding to this expression

    When no more of solute can be dissolved in a solution at a given temperature, the solution is called

    A mixture of reactants and products in the state of equilibrium is called

    I H 2 g + I 2 g ⇌ 2 HI g ; K C is eqm . constt . ( II ) 2 HI ( g ) ⇌ H 2 ( g ) + I 2 ( g ) ; K C ‘ is eqm . constt . How are K C and K C ‘ related to each other ?

    Which of the following condition will favour the formation of NH 3 by Haber process? N 2 g + 3 H 2 g ⇌ 2 NH 3 g ; – 92 . 38 kJ mol – 1

    For a hypothetical reaction, 2 A g ⇌ B g , at 300 K , the correct relation is

    According to Lechatlier principle, decomposition of PCl 5 (g) is favoured at

    Which of the following will not change the concentration of ammonia in the equilibrium? 4 NH 3 ( g ) + 5 O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 4 NO ( g ) + 6 H 2 O ( l ) , ΔH = + ve

    Hydrolysis of sucrose gives, Sucrose + H 2 O ⇌ Glucose + Fructose Equilibrium constant K C for the reaction is 2 × 10 13 at 300 K . Calculate ΔG ° at 300 K .

    Based on the extent to which the reactions proceed to reach the state of chemical equilibrium, the reactions may be classified I. The reactions that proceed nearly to completion and only negligible concentrations of the reactants are left. II. The reactions in which only small amounts of products are formed and most of the reactants remain unchanged at equilibrium stage. III. The reactions in which the concentrations of the reactants and products are comparable, when the system is in equilibrium Which of the following is correct option?

    Statement I: When the concentration of any of the reactants or products in a reaction at equilibrium is changed, the composition of the equilibrium mixture changes, so as to minimize the effect of concentration changes. Statement II: It illustrates Le-chatelier’s principle on the effect of concentration change.

    Calculate the partial pressure of carbon monoxide from the following data CaCO 3 ( s ) ⇌ Δ CaO ( s ) + CO 2 ( g ) ; K p = 8 × 10 – 2 CO 2 ( g ) + C ( s ) ⇌ 2 CO ( g ) ; K p = 2

    Identify correct statements among the following A) A catalyst cannot influence equilibrium state B) At equilibrium, ∆ G is always zero C) Law of mass action is applicable to chemical process only D) When Q c < K c , backward reaction is favoured

    Consider the reaction 2 SO 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 SO 3 ( g ) for which K c = 278 M – 1 · 0 . 001 Mole of each of the reagents SO 2 ( g ) , O 2 ( g ) and SO 3 ( g ) are mixed in a 1.0 L flask. Determine the reaction quotient of the system and the spontaneous direction of the system :

    The figure shows the change in concentration of species A and B as a function of time The equilibrium constant K c for the reaction A ( g ) ⇌ 2 B ( g ) is

    Using molar concentrations, what is the unit of K c . for the reaction? CH 3 OH ( g ) ⇌ CO ( g ) + 2 H 2 ( g )

    For the reaction CO ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) ⇌ COCl 2 ( g ) the value of K c K p is equal to

    The concentration of a pure solid or liquid phase is not included in the expression of equilibrium constant because :

    For the reaction 2 NO 2 ( g ) + 1 2 O 2 ( g ) ⇌ N 2 O 5 ( g ) if the equilibrium constant is K p , then the equilibrium constant for the reaction 2 N 2 O 5 ( g ) ⇌ 4 NO 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) would be:

    At a certain temperature, the following reactions have the equilibrium constants as shown below: S ( s ) + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ SO 2 ( g ) ; K c = 5 × 10 52 2 S ( s ) + 3 O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 SO 3 ( g ) ; K c = 10 29 What is the equilibrium constant Kc for the reaction at the same temperature ? 2SO 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 SO 3 ( g )

    Consider the following gaseous equilibria given below: (I) N 2 + 3 H 2 ⇌ 2 NH 3 ; Eqm. Constant = K 1 (II) N 2 + O 2 ⇌ 2 NO ; Eqm. Constant = K 2 (III) H 2 + 1 2 O 2 ⇌ H 2 O ; Eqm. Constant = K 3 The equilibrium constant for the reaction, 2 NH 3 + 5 2 O 2 ⇌ 2 NO + 3 H 2 O in terms of K 1 , K 2 and K 3 will be

    Given CS 2 = 0 . 120 M , H 2 = 0 . 10 M , H 2 S = 0 . 20 M and CH 4 = 8 . 40 × 10 – 5 M for the following reaction at 900 o C, at eq. Calculate the equilibrium constant K c CS 2 ( g ) + 4 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ CH 4 ( g ) + 2 H 2 S ( g )

    When sulphur (in the form of S 8 ) is heated at temperature T at equilibrium, the pressure of S 8 falls by 30% from 1.0atm, because S 8 (g) is partially converted into S 2 (g). Find the value of K p for this reaction.

    For the reaction 2A (g) ⇌ B ( g ) + 3 C ( g ) at a given temperature, K c = 16 What must be the volume of the flask, if a mixture of 2 mole each of A, B and C exist in equilibrium?

    I 2 ( aq ) + I – ( aq ) ⇌ I 3 – ( aq ) We started with 1 mole of l 2 and 0.5 mole of I – in one liter flask. After equilibrium is reached, excess of Ag NO 3 gave 0.25 mole of yellow precipitate. Equilibrium constant is :

    In the equilibrium SO 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 SO 3 ( g ) the partial pressure of SO 2 , O 2 and SO 3 are 0.662,0.10 and 0.331atm respectively What should be the partial pressure of oxygen so that the equilibrium concentrations of SO 2 and SO 3 are equal?

    In a system A ( s ) ⇌ 2 B ( g ) + 3 C ( g ) if the concentration of C at equilibrium is increased by a factor of 2, it will cause the equilibrium concentration of B to change to :

    At a certain temperature, only 50% HI is dissociated at equilibrium in the following reaction : 2 HI ( g ) ⇌ H 2 ( g ) + I 2 ( g ) The equilibrium constant for this reaction is :

    0.1 Mole of N 2 O 4 ( g ) was sealed in a tube under one atmospheric conditions at 25 o C. Calculate the number of moles of NO 2 ( g ) present, if the equilibrium N 2 O 4 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO 2 ( g ) K p = 0 .14 is reached after some time :

    At a certain temperature the equilibrium constant K c is 0.25 for the reaction A 2 ( g ) + B 2 ( g ) ⇌ C 2 ( g ) + D 2 ( g ) If we take 1 mole of each of the four gases in a 10 litre container, what would be equilibrium concentration of A 2 ( g ) ?

    At 200 O C PCl 5 . dissociates as follows : PCl 5 ( g ) ⇌ PCl 3 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) It was found that the equilibrium vapors are 62 times as heavy as hydrogen. The % degree of dissociation of PCl 5 at 200 o C is nearly :

    Given the following reaction at equilibrium, N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) At constant pressure if some inert gas is added to the system. Then :

    For the reaction N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) ; ΔH = − 93 .6 kJmol − 1 the number of moles of H 2 , at equilibrium will increase if :

    For which of the following reactions is product formation favoured by low pressure and high temperature?

    Favourable conditions for melting of ice is

    What is the correct relationship between free energy change and equilibrium constant of a reaction?

    van’t Hoffs equation shows the effect of temperature on equilibrium constants K c and K p the K p varies with temperature according to the relation

    The standard free energy change of a reaction is ΔG ° = – 115 kJ at 298 K . Calculate the value of log 10 K p R = 8 . 314 JK – 1 mol – 1

    What is the unit of K p of the reaction? CS 2 ( g ) + 4 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ CH 4 ( g ) + 2 H 2 S ( g )

    Which one of the following conditions will favour maximum formation of the product in the reaction A 2 ( g ) + B 2 ( g ) ⇌ X 2 ( g ) , Δ r H = – X kJ ?

    For the reversible reaction N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) + heat The equilibrium shifts in forward direction

    2 B g ⇌ 3 C l + D g + 90 kJ , Favourable conditions for the formation of ‘B’ according to Lechatelier’s principle are

    A ⇌ 2 B ; K = 80 C ⇌ B ; K = 2 2 C ⇌ D ; K = 10 Equilibrium constant for the reaction A ⇌ D will be

    Which of the following neither effects equilibrium state nor efffects equilibrium constant

    For the process A g + 3 B g ⇌ 2 C g at 750 K the value of equilibrium constant is 10 2 . At 450K the value of equilibrium constant for the same reaction is 5 × 10 2 . Correct statement about the process is

    For a reversible reaction temperature is increased, the incorrect statement is

    Statement I: Addition of inertgas has no effect on equilibrium state when carried out at constant volume. Statement II: Molybdenum is the catalyst used in Haber’s process

    If the equilibrium constant for N 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO ( g ) is K, the equilibrium constant for 1 2 N 2 ( g ) + 1 2 O 2 ( g ) ⇌ NO ( g ) will be

    At 298 K, K P < K C for the reaction

    Boyle’s temperature of four gases A, B, C, D are 100 K, 120 K, 140 K and 160 K respectively. At 150 K, positive deviations from ideal behaviour are observed in

    Hydrolysis of sucrose is given by the following reaction Sucrose + H 2 O ⇌ Glucose + Fructose If the equilibrium constant ( K C ) is 2 x 10 13 at 300 K, the value Δ r G Θ at the same temperature will be

    The equilibrium constants of the following are

    Which one of the following statements is not correct?

    The standard equilibrium constant, K p at 298 K for the reaction, N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 N H 3 ( g ) i s 5 . 8 x 10 5 . The value of standard equilibrium constant, if the concentration of gases is expressed in terms of mol/L, will be: [Given: R = 0.08314 L bar K – 1 mol – 1 ]

    Consider the following reaction for which the change in enthalpy is positive. 2 A ( g ) + B ( g ) ⇌ C ( g ) + D ( g ) Which of the following will not affect the equilibrium?

    For the reaction CO ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) ⇌ COCl 2 ( g ) K p K c is equal to :

    COLUMN-I COLUMN-II (I) Q C     >     K C (a) Forward reaction is favoured (II) Q C     <     K C (b) Both forward and backward reactions are favoured (III) Q C     =     K C (c) Backward reaction is favoured Correct match is

    Column I Column II (a) PCl 5 g   ⇌ PCl 3 g + Cl 2 g (i) K p   <   K c (b) H 2 g + I 2 g   ⇌   2 HI g (ii) K p   >   K c (c) N 2 g + 3 H 2 g   ⇌ 2 NH 3 g (iii) K p   =   K c Correct match is (a) (b) (c) 1 i ii iii 2 i iii ii 3 ii iii i 4 iii i ii

    Consider the following reversible reactions. In which of the following reaction, negligible amount of product is formed

    Consider the reversible reaction, A g   ⇌   B g + C g . Initially two moles of ‘A’ is taken in a two litre vessel. Total moles at equilibrium were found to be three. Percentage of decomposition of A(g) is

    Law of mass action is applicable to

    Consider the reversible reaction, PCl 5 g ⇌ PCl 3 g + Cl 2 g ; According to Lechatelier’s principle,decomposition of PCl 5 is favoured at

    What will be the value of ΔG 0 for the process at 298 K if the equilibrium constant for the process is 9    ×     10 12

    Consider the reversible reaction, N 2 O 4 g ⇌ 2 NO 2 g ; At equilibrium, number of moles of reactants is equal to that of products. Degree of decomposition of N 2 O 4 is

    Consider the reversible reaction, AB s ⇌ A g + B g ; K p = 81 atm 2 , Equilibrium pressure would be

    Statement I ; Catalyst in Haber’s process is Molybdenum Statement II ; At equilibrium state, number of moles of reactants and products are always equal

    In the case of , CaCO 3 s ⇌ CaO s + CO 2 g , attainment of equilibrium state is noticed with the help of constancy in

    At low temperature, Nitrogen dioxide, a reddish brown gas gets associated to form the colourless dinitrogen tetroxide as in the reaction . Then at equilibirium

    Which of the following is correct for .

    Which of the following is a characteristic property of equilibrium?

    When a system, A g ⇌ B g , is in equilibrium state, true statement is

    An example of an irreversible reaction is

    Attainment of equilibrium can be noticed with the help of constancy of which of the following physical properties ?

    Which of the following is not a general characteristic of equilibria involving physical processes?

    Irreversible reaction among the following is

    Law of mass action is not applicable to C graphite ⇌ C diamond , because

    The reaction CaCO 3 ⇌ CaO +CO 2 in a lime kiln goes to completion because

    According to law of mass action, for CaCO 3 ⇌ CaO + CO 2 (R f = Rate of forward and R b = Rate of backward reactions)

    Units of K C for xA g ⇌ yB g is lit 2 mol -2 , then the values of x and y cannot be

    As per law of mass action, for the reaction, NH 4 HS s ⇌ NH 3 g + H 2 S g , ratio of rate constants of forward reaction to rate constant of backward reaction at equilibrium equals to

    The units of equilibrium constant K c for the following system is

    The ionisation constant of H 2 CO 3 as an acid in aqueous solution at room temperature is X. If the first and second ionisation constants of H 2 CO 3 are X 1 and X 2 respectively then

    In which of the following cases, does the reaction go nearer to completion ?

    If K 1 and K 2 are the equilibrium constants of equilibria A and B respectively, then the relationship between the two constants is

    What is the equilibrium expression for the reaction, ?

    The equilibrium constants for the stepwise formation of MCl, MCl 2 and MCl 3 are a, b and c respectively. If the equilibrium constant of formation of MCl 3 is K, which of the following is correct?

    K 1 and K 2 are the equilibrium constants for the following equilibria respectively K 1 and K 2 are related as :

    How much PCl 5 must be added to a one litre vessel kept at 250 0 C in order to obtain 0.1 mole of Cl 2 gas. K C for PCl 5 g ⇌ PCl 3 g + Cl 2 g is 0.0414 mol/L

    PCl 5 dissociates as follows in a closed reaction vessel . If total pressure at equilibrium of the reaction mixture is P and degree of dissociation of PCl 5 is x, the partial pressure of PCl 3 will be

    Units of K p for the reaction, NH 4 COONH 2 s ⇌ 2 NH 3 g + CO 2 g , are

    The relationship between K p and K c is given by

    We know that the relationship between K C and K p is . What would be the value of for the reaction?

    For a reaction if K p > K c the forward reaction is favoured by

    For the equilibrium reaction, the relation between K p and K c is

    For the reaction , the K p /K c is equal to

    In which of the following reaction K p and K c are equal

    For which of the following reactions, K p (RT) 2 = K c

    The following are some statements about units of K c and K p. A) K p has always units. B) K c has no units at all times. C) If Δn = o, then K p and K c have no units. The correct set is

    In the equilibrium The forward reaction can be favoured by

    What is the effect of a ten-fold increase in pressure on K p in the reaction at equilibrium

    In the dissociation of CaCO 3 in a closed vessel, the forward reaction is favoured by

    In a reversible reaction K c > K p and ∆ H = + 40 K.Cal. The product will be obtained in less amount on

    If some HCl gas is passed into the reaction mixture at the equilibrium of this reaction,

    K c value of a gaseous reversible reaction is 5 mole / lit. If the pressure is increased for this system at equilibrium then

    Le chatelier's principle is applicable to

    For a reversible reaction K p < K c , for this reaction at equilibrium, increase of pressure favours

    If CO 2 is made to escape from the system then for the system

    In the reversible reaction the concentration of fluoride ions was made halved, then equilibrium concentration of Ca +2

    Consider the reaction equilibrium, On the basis of Le Chatelier's principle, the condition favourable for the forward reaction is

    Consider the gaseous reaction, A + B ⇌ 2 C + D + q kJ , favourable conditions for the formation of ‘C’ and ‘D’ according to Lechatelier’s principle are

    For the reaction the forward reaction at constant temperature is favoured by

    The solubility of CO 2 in water increases with

    Solubility of a substance which dissolves with decrease in volume and absorption of heat will be favoured by

    Consider the equilibrium PCl 5(g) ⇌ PCl 3(g) + Cl 2(g) in a closed container. At a fixed temperature, the volume of the reaction container is halved. For this change, which of the following statements holds true regarding the equilibrium constant (K p ) and degree of dissociation( α )?

    In the case of gaseous homogeneous reaction, the active mass of the reactant is obtained by the expression

    Under what conditions of temperature and pressure the formation of atomic hydrogen from molecular hydrogen is favoured?

    High temperature and high pressure (as per Lechatelier principle) favour

    Favourable conditions for getting good yield of diamond (density of graphite and diamond are 2.3 g/ml, 3.5 g/ml).

    As per Braun's principle, yield of Ammonia will be more in Haber's process under ….. conditions (L=Low ; H = High, T = Temperature, P = Pressure)

    For at equilibrium, to shift equilibrium towards right,

    When hydrochloric acid is added to cobalt nitrate solution at room temperature, the following reaction takes place and the reaction mixture becomes blue. On cooling the mixture it becomes pink. On the basis of this information mark the correct answer.

    \ Rise of temperature shifts equilibrium towards right in the case of

    For the reaction PCl 3 + Cl 2 ⇌ PCl 5 the position of equilibrium can be shifted to the right by

    K C for at 500 K is , now backward reaction is favoured by

    For a dibasic acid, H 2 A ⇌ HA – + H + K 1 HA – ⇌ A 2 – + H + K 2 H 2 A ⇌ 2 H + + A 2 – ( K ) then

    Which of the following does not affect the degree of ionisation ?

    In the reaction, CaCO 3 s ⇌ CaO s + CO 2 g , 50 grams of CaCO 3 is allowed to dissociate in 22.4 lit vessel at 819 0 c . If 50% of CaCO 3 is left at equilibrium, active masses of CaCO 3 , CaO and CO 2 at equilibrium respectively are

    What is the equation for the equilibrium constant (K C ) for the following reaction ?

    For the equilibrium K p = 0.82 atm at 27 0 C. At the same temperature its K c in mol lit -1 is (R = 0.082 lit atm mol -1 K -1 )

    The compounds A and B are mixed in equimolar proportion to form the products, . At equilibrium 1 3 rd of each A and B reacted. Equilibrium constant for the reaction is

    One mole of A (g) is heated to 300 0 C in a closed one litre vessel till the following equilibrium is reached. The equilibrium constant of the reaction at 300 0 C is 4. What is the conc. of B (in, mole. lit -1 ) at equilibrium ?

    For the hypothetical reactions, the equilibrium constant (K) values are given K 1 = 2.0; K 2 = 4.0 K 3 = 3.0 The equilibrium constant for the reaction is

    The gaseous reaction, N 2 + 3 H 2 ⇌ 2 NH 3 , takes place at 450 0 c . 1 mole of Nitrogen and 2 mole of Hydrogen are mixed in a 1 litre vessel and 1 mole of Ammonia is formed at equilibrium. Then K c for the above reaction is

    In the reaction , the initial concentration of B is two times that of 'A'. But equilibrium concentration of B & C were found to be equal. Then the K C for the above system is

    The reversible reaction takes place in two reversible steps (2 and 3) with equilibrium constant values 2.0 and 0.45 respectively The equilibrium constant K c for the reaction (1) is

    2 mole of PCl 5 is heated in a one litre vessel. If PCl 5 dissociates to the extent of 80%, the equilibrium constant for the dissociation of PCl 5 is

    28 gms of N 2 and 6 gms of H 2 were heated in a closed 1litre vessel. At equilibrium, 25.5 gms of NH 3 is present. The approximate value of K C is

    The K C for the reaction I 2(g) ⇌ 2I (g) is 4 × 10 -3 . If the equilibrium concentration of atomic iodine is 4 × 10 -2 M . What is the concentration of molecular iodine ?

    In a 500 ml flask, the degree of dissociation of PCl 5 at equilibrium is 40% when the initial amount taken is 5 moles. The value of equilibrium constant in moles/lit for the decomposition of PCl 5 is ( Given reaction, PCl 5 g ⇌ PCl 3 g + Cl 2 g )

    One mole of A (g) is heated to 200 0 C in a 1 lit closed flask, till the following equilibrium is reached A (g) ⇌ B (g) . The rate of forward reaction at equilibrium is 0.02 mole.lit -1 .min -1 . What is the rate (in mole.lit -1 .min -1 ) of the backward reaction at equilibrium ?

    At 298K, the molar equilibrium concentrations of Ag + , NH 3 and [Ag(NH 3 ) 2 ] + for the equilibrium Ag + (aq) + 2NH 3(aq) ⇌ [Ag(NH 3 ) 2 ] + (aq) were found to be 10 -1 , 10 -3 , and 10 -1 respectively. The value K c is

    At 298K, the molar equilibrium concentrations of Ag + , NH 3 and [Ag(NH 3 ) 2 ] + for the equilibrium Ag aq + + 2 NH 3 aq ⇌ Ag NH 3 2 aq + were found to be 10 -1 , 10 -3 , and 10 -1 respectively. The value K c is

    At certain temperature, a 10 lit vessel contains 0.4 mole H 2 , 0.4 mole I 2 & 0.1 mole HI at equilibrium. Then K p for is

    3 mole of reactant A and one mole of reactant B are mixed in a vessel of volume 1 litre. The reaction taking place is . If 1.5 mol of C is formed at equilibrium, the value of K c is

    In the process (in aq medium), initially there are 2 mole I 2 & 2 mole I – . But at equilibrium, due to addition of AgNO 3(aq) , 1.75 mole yellow ppt is obtained. K C for the process is (V flask =1 dm 3 ) nearly

    At constant temperature & volume, 50% of ozone is decomposed out of 2 atm of ozone taken initially and the equilibrium is established, Kp for the decomposition of ozone is

    For the reaction , the partial pressures of CO 2 and CO are 2.0 and 4.0 atm respectively at equilibrium. What is the value of K p for this reaction?

    1 mole CaCO 3(s) is heated in 11.2 lit vessel so that equilibrium is established at 819 K. If K P for at this temperature is 2 atm, equilibrium concentration of CO 2 (in mol-lit -1 )

    In the reaction is 50% dissociated at 27 0 C when the equilibrium pressure is 0.5 atm. Partial pressure of SO 3(g) at Equilibrium is

    For , equilibrium pressure at 2000K is 100 atm. Now, K P for the process is (in atm 2 )

    At 227 0 C and 4 atm, PCl 5 is dissociated to an extent 50%. At same temperature, extent of dissociation of PCl 5 is 0.75 at a pressure of

    For the reaction , the degree of dissociation at equilibrium is 0.2 at 1 atm. Then K p will be

    At a certain temperature, the degree of dissociation of PCl 5 was found to be 0.25 under a total pressure of 15 atm. The value of K p for the dissociation of PCl 5 in the reaction, PCl 5 g ⇌ PCl 3 g + Cl 2 g

    AB 2 dissociates as : When the intial pressure of AB 2 is 500 mm Hg, the total equilibrium pressure is 700 mm Hg. Calculate equilibrium constant for the reaction, assuming that the volume of the system remains unchanged.

    For the reversible reaction at 500 0 C. The value of K p is 1.44×10 -5 , when partial pressure is measured in atmospheres. The corresponding value of K c with concentration in mol L -1 is

    K C for at certain temperature is 1.6 × 10 -3 , then K P for at same temperature will be

    The value of Kp for the reaction is 1.2 × 10 -2 at 1065 0 C. The value of Kc for this reaction is

    K P / K C for (gaseous phase) at 400 K is

    For , initially 1 mole each of XY 2 & Y are present in 10 lit flask at 500 mm. If the equilibrium pressure of XY is 150mm, K P is

    For , at equilibrium . Then, temperature at which K P = 1 ?

    Vapour density of PCl 5 is 104.16 but when heated to 230 o C its vapour density is reduced to 62. The degree of dissociation of PCl 5 at this temperature will be

    Statement I : Effect of temperature on K C or K P depends on enthalpy change. Statement II : Increase in temperature shifts the equilibrium in exothermic direction & decrease in temperature shifts the equilibrium in endothermic direction.

    Statement I : The degree of decomposition of PCl 5 is more at low pressures. Statement II : In a reversible reaction, on increasing the pressure the equilibrium shifts in the direction in which decrease in volume takes place.

    Statement I : The active mass of a pure solid or a pure liquid is taken as unity. Statement II : The active mass of a pure solid or liquid depends on density which is constant for a pure substance.

    Statement I : If pressure is increased on ice water equilibrium, more water will change into ice. Statement II : Melting of solids is generally accompanied by increase in volume, hence increase of pressure shifts the equilibrium in the direction in which volume increases.

    The decomposition of N 2 O 4 to NO 2 is carried out at 280K in chloroform. When equilibrium has been established, 0.2 mole of N 2 O 4 and 2 × 10 –3 mole of NO 2 are present in 2 litre solution. The equilibrium constant for reaction N 2 O 4 ⇌ 2 NO 2 is

    For the chemical equilibrium can be determined from which one of the following plots

    The standard state Gibbs free energy change for the given isomerization reaction Cis – 2 -Pentene ⇌ trans – 2- pentene is -3.67kJ/mol at 400K. If more trans-2-pentene is added to the reaction vessel, then

    The dissociation equilibrium of a gas AB 2 can be represented as The degree of dissociation is x and is small compared to 1. The expression relating the degree of dissociation (x) with equilibrium constant Kp and total pressure p is

    Two solids dissociate as follows The total pressure when both the solids dissociate simultaneously is

    At 700K, the equilibrium constant K P for the reaction 2SO 3(g) ⇌ 2SO 2(g) + O 2(g) is 1.80 × 10 –3 , (R = 8.314 JK –1 mole –1 ). The numerical value in moles per lit of K C for this reaction at the same temperature will be

    For the reaction. H 2 + I 2 ⇌ 2 HI, K = 47.6. If the intial number of moles of each reactant and product is 1mole then at equilibrium

    Kp for the reaction A ⇌ B is 4. If initially only A is present then what will be the partial pressure of B after equilibrium ?

    For the reaction the correct relation is

    In the reaction 2SO 2(g) + O 2(g) ⇌ 2SO 3(g) , 2 moles of SO 2 ,1 mole of O 2 and 2 moles of SO 3 are present in equilibrium. what is the number of moles of O 2 be introduced into the vessel to increase the equilibrium moles of SO 3 to 3 moles

    The vapour density of undecomposed N 2 O 4 is 46. When heated, vapour density decreases to 24.5 at equilibrium due to its dissociation to NO 2 . The percent dissociation of N 2 O 4 at equilibrium is equal to

    The rate constant for forward reaction is two times of rate constant for backward reaction at a given temperature. Then K c will be

    The degree of dissociation of PCl 5 obeying the equilibrium , is approximately related to the pressure at equilibrium by

    Based on Lechatelier’s principle, false statement among the following is

    For the reversible reaction, X 2 g ⇋ 2 X g carried out in a one litre closed vessel, the number of moles of reactants and products at equilibrium are equal. Degree of decomposition of X 2 g is

    When ice and water are kept in perfectly insulated thermos flask at 273 K and 1 atmosphere, which of the following is not correct?

    The following graph does not represent for A + B ⇌ C + D ?

    Two separate chamber containing equilibrium mixtures of H 2 , N 2 , NH 3 and D 2 , N 2 , ND 3 are connected with each other. After some time the mixture will contain

    Which of the following facts are correct for the plot shown below for H 2 ( g ) + I 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 HI ( g ) ?

    At equilibrium, the concentrations of N 2 = 3 . 0 × 10 – 3 M , O 2 = 4 . 2 × 10 – 3 M and NO = 2 . 8 × 10 – 3 M in a sealed vessel at 800 K. What will be K C for the reaction N 2 g + O 2 g ⇌ 2 NO g ?

    Equilibrium constant of H 2 g + I 2 g ⇌ 2HI(g) is 2 × 10 – 4 . What is the equilibrium concentration of HI, if concentrations of and H 2 g I 2 g respectively are 2 . 2 × 10 – 2 M and 2 . 2 × 10 – 4 M ?

    The equilibrium system in which all reactants and products are in the same phase is called as

    K C for the following equilibrium (I) is 2 . 0 × 10 – 4 under certain condition, the equilibrium constant of (II) is (I) H 2 g + I 2 g ⇌ 2 HI (II) 2 H 2 g + 2 I 2 g ⇌ 4 HI

    Which of the following represents homogeneous equilibrium?

    For a homogeneous gaseous equilibrium, which of the following is correct?

    Equilibrium state in system that contains more than one phase of reactants and products is called

    Which of the following equilibrium constant expression is not correct?

    Select the correct choice for the following rules I, II and III. At equilibrium: I. K c > 10 3 ⇒ Products are negligible II. K c < 10 – 3 ⇒ Reactants are negligible III. 10 – 3 < K c < 10 3 ⇒ Reactants and products both are present in considerable quantitites.

    Out of the following, which reaction has both reactants and products in considerable quantities at equilibrium.

    For the reversible reaction aA + bB ⇌ cC+dD which of the following is/are correct?

    The values of K p 1 and K p 2 for the reactions X ⇌ Y + Z (i) and A ⇌ 2 B (ii) are in the ratio of 9 : 1. If the degree of dissociation of X and A be equal, then total pressure at equilibrium (i) and (ii) are in the ratio

    The dissociation equilibrium of a gas AB 2 can be represented as 2 AB 2 g ⇌ 2 AB ( g ) + B 2 ( g ) The degree of dissociation is x and is small compared to 1. The expression relating to the degree of dissociation (x) with equilibrium constant K p and total pressure P is

    Consider the following gaseous reversible reactions occuring in a closed vessel. Addition of argon gas at constant pressure favours forward reaction in the case of

    For the process, A g ⇌ B g + C g the value of K p in terms of degree of decomposition α of ‘A’ and equilibrium pressure (P) is

    Column-I Column-II (p) aA + bB ⇌ cC + dD (i) K c ‘ = 1 K c (q) cC + dD ⇌ aA + bB (ii) K c ” = K c n (r) naA + bB ⇌ ncC + dD (iii) K c

    Statement-I: On addition AB + C ⇌ AC + B ; AC + D ⇌ AD + C ; AB + D ⇌ AD + B ; K net = K 1 × K 2 Eqm. constt.= K 1 Eqm. constt.= K 2 Eqm. constt.= K net Statement-II: the equilibrium constant K net for a net reaction obtained by adding two or more reactions is equal to the product of equilibrium constants for individual reactions.

    Statement-I: For the reaction, N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) Unit of K c = L 2 mol – 2 Statement-II: For the reaction, N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) Eqm . constant , K c = [ NH 3 ] 2 [ N 2 ] [ H 2 ] 3

    Statement-I: A catalyst can start and speed up all reactions. Statement-II: The value of equilibrium constant is not affected by a catalyst.

    Statement-I: For a gaseous reaction, aA + bB ⇌ cC + dD , K p = K c Statement-II: Concentrations of solid substances are taken unity.

    We know that the relationship between K c and K p is K p = K c RT ∆ n What would be the value of ∆ n for the reaction NH 4 Cl s ⇌ NH 3 g + HCl g ?

    PCl 5 , PCl 3 and Cl 2 are at equilibrium at 500 K in a closed container and their concentrations are 0 . 8 × 10 – 3 mol L – 1 , 1 . 2 × 10 – 3 mol L – 1 and 1 . 2 × 10 – 3 mol L – 1 respectively. The value of K c for the reaction PCl 5 g ⇌ PCl 3 g + Cl 2 g will be

    The temperature at which magnitude of K p units = atm ∆ n and K c units = mole / lit ∆ n are always equal for every gaseous reaction is

    Which one of the following is an example of heterogeneous equilibrium

    Consider the gaseous reversible reaction, A + 2 B ⇌ 2 C + D occuring in a one litre closed vessel. Initially 1 mole of ‘A’ and 2 moles of ‘B’ are taken. At equilibrium 1 mole of ‘C’ is formed. Value of equilibrium constant K c is

    For the reaction, PCl 5 ( g ) ⇌ PCl 3 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) at 121.8K . logK p – logK c is equal to (R = 0.0821 lit atm K -1 mole -1 )

    For the reversible reaction, A s ⇌ B s + C g ; ∆ H = + 180 kJ , forward reaction is favoured

    A hypothetical gaseous reversible reaction A g ⇌ B g + C g is carried out at 9 Kelvin. The correct relation between K p and K c is (Units of K p are ‘atm’ and K c are ‘mole/lit’)

    Statement-I : Addition of ‘Ar’ gas at constant volume favours the decomposition of PCl 5 (g) Statement-II : In a reversible reaction, addition of catalyst favours forward reaction only.

    Which one of the following statements is correct?

    Which of the following is incorrect regarding equilibrium state?

    Which of the following statements is correct regarding liquid vapour equilibrium state at a given temperature?

    Ice and water kept in a perfectly insulated thermos flask at 273K and atmospheric pressure ,are in equilibrium state then the system shows

    In an experiment, if we expose three watch glasses containing separately 1 mL each of acetone, ethyl alcohol and water to atmosphere and repeat the experiment with different volumes of the liquids in a warmer room. It is observed that in all such cases the liquid eventually disappears and the time taken for complete evaporation depends on

    For any pure liquid at 1atm pressure (1.013 bar), the temperature at which the liquid and vapours are at equilibrium is called

    Which of the following statements is correct?

    When both forward and backward reactions occur at the same rate, the system reaches

    A mixture of reactants and products in the equilibrium state is called

    A pressure change obtained by changing the volume can affect the yield of products in case of a gaseous reaction, where

    Which one of the following informations can be obtained on the basis of Le-Chatelier principle?

    The degree of ionisation of a compound depends on

    While comparing, the ionisation of hydrochloric acid with that of acetic acid in water we find that though both of them are polar covalent molecules, former is completely ionised into its constituent ions, while the latter is only partially ionised (< 5%). The reason is that

    The solutions which resist change in pH on dilution or with the addition of small amounts of acid or alkali are called

    A solution of an acid has pH = 4.70. Find out the concentration of OH – ions ( pK w =14).

    For a reaction, CH 3 COOH ( aq ) ⇌ H + ( aq ) + CH 3 COO – ( aq ) or HAc ( aq ) ⇌ H + ( aq ) + Ac – ( aq ) Evaluate the pH of the solution resulting on addition of 0.05 M acetate ion to 0.05 M acetic acid solution K a = 1 . 8 × 10 – 5

    The dissociation constant of water is represented by K = H 3 O + OH – / H 2 O or K w = H + OH – K w is called

    The solubility product ( K sp ) of solid barium sulphate at 298 K is 1 . 1 × 10 – 10 . The molar solubility, (S ) of Ba 2 + and SO 4 2 – are

    Calculate the molar solubility (S) of a salt like zirconium phosphate of molecular formula Zr 3 PO 4 4

    In the chemical reaction, N 2 + 3 H 2 ⇌ 2 NH 3 at equilibrium point,

    Which of the following is the example of a reversible reaction?

    The method of preparation of ammonia can be represented graphically as N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) In the above graph, X,Y and Z respectively are

    The active mass of 64 g of HI in a 2L flask would be

    For a reaction, H 2 ( g ) + I 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 HI ( g ) K C = [ HI ] 2 H 2 I 2 Point out the correct statement.

    In the equilibrium, AB ⇌ A + B , if the equilibrium concentration of A is double, then equilibrium concentration of B will be

    K C for the reaction, N 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO ( g ) at 300 K is 4 . 0 × 10 – 6 · K p for the above reaction will be R = 2 calmol – 1 K – 1

    For the reversible reaction, N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) at 500 ° C , the value of K p is 1 . 44 × 10 – 5 , when the partial pressure is measured in atmospheres. The corresponding value of K C with concentration in molL – 1 is

    For the reaction, I 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 I ( g ) ; K C = 37 . 6 × 10 – 6 at 1000 K. If 1.0 mole of I 2 ir introduced into a 1.0 L flask at 1000 K, at equilibrium

    For the reaction, SO 2 ( g ) + 1 2 O 2 ( g ) ⇌ SO 3 ( g ) if K p = K C ( RT ) x where, the symbols have usual meaning, then the value of x is (assuming ideality)

    For the equilibrium, 2 NOCl ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) the value of the equilibrium constant, K C is 3 . 75 × 10 – 6 at 1069 K Calculate the K p for the reaction at this temperature.

    PCl 5 , PCl 3 and Cl 2 are at equilibrium at 500 K and having concentration 1 . 59 M PCl 3 , 1 . 59 M Cl 2 and 1 . 41 M PCl 5 Calculate K C for the reaction, PCl 5 ⇌ PCl 3 + Cl 2

    Consider the following equilibrium in a closed container, N 2 O 4 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO 2 ( g ) . At a fixed temperature, the volume of the reaction container is halved. For this change which of the following statements hold true regarding the equilibrium constant ( K p ) and degree of dissociation ( α )?

    Which of the following reactions show(s) heterogeneous equilibria?

    For CaCO 3 ( s ) ⇌ Δ CaO ( s ) + CO 2 ( g ) , the equilibrium constant K C and K p for the thermal decomposition of calcium carbonate is

    The equilibrium constants for the reaction, Zn ( s ) + Cu 2 + ( aq ) ⇌ Zn 2 + ( aq ) + Cu ( s ) and Cu ( s ) + 2 Ag + ( aq ) ⇌ Cu 2 + ( aq ) + 2 Ag ( s ) are K 1 and K 2 respectively. The equilibrium constant for the combined reaction is

    For the reaction, H 2 ( g ) + I 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 HI ( g ) ; K C = 57 . 0 at 700 K . The molar concentration of H 2 = 0 . 10 M , I 2 = 0 . 20 M and [ HI ] = 0 . 40 M . Calculate the reaction quotient, Q C of the reaction.

    Which of the following equation represents the correct relationship between reaction quotient, Q and Gibbs energy, G?

    Using the equation ( K = e – ΔG ° / RT ), the reaction spontaneity can be interpreted in terms of the value of ΔG ° is/are

    In which condition, the reaction proceeds in the forward direction?

    Production of ammonia according to the reaction, N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) ΔH = – 92 . 3 ∣ 8 kJ mol – 1 is an exothermic process. At low temperature, the reaction shifts in

    For the reversible reaction, N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) + Heat The equilibrium shifts in forward direction

    Which one of the following informations can be obtained on the basis of Le-Chatelier principle?

    Ostwald’s process for the manufacfure of nitric acid involves the reaction, 4 NH 3 ( g ) + 5 O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 4 NO ( g ) + 6 H 2 O ( l ) ΔH = + Q kJ Which of the following factors will not affect the concentration of NH 3 at equilibrium?

    Of the following, which change will shift the reaction towards the product at equilibrium? I 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 I ( g ) ; ΔH ° ( 298 K ) = + 150 kJ

    Dissolution of sodium sulphate is an exothermic process. If a saturated solution of sodium sulphate containing extra undissolved sodium sulphate is heated, then

    Consider the following statements regarding physical processes. I. Equilibrium is possible only in a closed system at a given temperature. II. Both the opposing processes occur at the same rate and there is a dynamic but stable condition. III. All measurable properties of the system remain constant. IV. When equilibrium is attained for a physical process, it is characterised by constant value of one of its parameters at a given temperature. V. The magnitude of such quantities at any stage indicates the extent to which the physical process has proceeded before reaching, equilibrium. Which of the following option is correct?

    Consider the following statements regarding the equilibrium constants. I. Expression for the equilibrium constant is not applicable when concentrations of the reactants and products have attained constant value at equilibrium state. II. The value of equilibrium constant is dependent on initial concentration of the reactants and products. III Equilibrium constant is temperature dependent having one unique value for a particular reaction represented by a balanced equation at a given temperature. IV. The equilibrium constant for the reverse reaction is directly proportional to the equilibrium constant for the forward reaction. Choose the correct statement(s) is/are

    Statement I: The vapour pressure of gas on liquid is constant at a given temperature. Statement II: It is the state of liquid ⇌ vapour equilibrium

    Consider the following statement about the a equilibrium, 2 SO 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 SO 3 ( g ) ; ΔH ° = – 198 kJ I. On decreasing the temperature as well as pressure equilibrium shifts in forward direction. II. On increasing temperature and pressure equilibrium shifts in forward direction. III. On decreasing the temperature and increasing the pressure, equilibrium will shift in forward direction. Choose the correct option.

    Statement I: N 2 O 4 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO 2 ( g ) is the example of homogeneous equilibria. Statement II: For this reaction, K C has unit L/mol and K p has unit bar

    Statement I: The dynamic nature of chemical equilibrium can be demonstrated in the synthesis of ammonia by Haber’s process. Statement II: In a series of experiments, Haber started with known amounts of dinitrogen and dihydrogen maintained at high temperature and pressure and at regular intervals determined the amount of ammonia present and concentration of unreacted dihydrogen and dinitrogen.

    Statement I: For dissolution of solids in liquids, the solubility is constant at a given temperature. Statement II: For dissolution of gases in liquids, the concentration of a gas in liquid is inversely proportional to the pressure (concentration) of the gas over the liquid

    In the reaction A+B C+D, initial concentration of A and B both are equal. At equilibrium, the concentration of D is twice as that of A. What will be the equilibrium constant of the reaction?

    Statement I: In the equilibrium between nickel, carbon monoxide and nickel carbonyl which is used in the purification of nickel, represented as Ni ( s ) + 4 CO ( g ) ⇌ Ni ( CO ) 4 ( g ) Statement II: The equilibrium constant for a reaction is K C = Ni ( CO ) 4 [ CO ] 4

    Statement I: The equilibrium constant for a net reaction obtained after adding two (or more) reactions equals the product of the equilibrium constants for individual reactions. Statement II: The expression is K net = K 1 × K 2 × …

    Statement I: If a volume is kept constant and an inert gas such as argon is added which does not take part in the reaction, the equilibrium remains undisturbed. Statement II: It is because the addition of an inert gas at constant volume does not change the partial pressure or the molar concentrations of the substance involved in the reaction.

    Statement I: Catalyst does not affect the equilibrium composition of a reaction mixture. Statement II: It does not appear in the balanced chemical equation or in the equilibrium constant expression.

    Statement I: Both the opposing processes in equilibrium reactions occur simultaneously. Statement II: The system is in dynamic equilibrium.

    Match the Column I with Column II and choose the correct option from the codes given below. Column I (Process) Column II (Conclusion) A. Liquid ⇌ vapour 1. Concentration of solute in solution is constant at a given temperature. B. Solid ⇌ liquild 2. [ Gas ( aq ) ] [ Gas ( s ) ] is – constant at a given temperature. C. Solute ( S ) ⇌ solute ( solution ) 3. P H 2 O constant at given temperature D. Gas ( g ) ⇌ Gas ( aq ) 4. Melting point is fixed at constant pressure. Codes

    Match the Column I with Column II and choose the correct option from the codes given below. Column I (Reaction) Column II ( K p ) A. N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 at 298 K 1. 2 . 5 × 10 10 B. 2 SO 2 + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 SO 3 ( g ) at 500 K 2. 6 . 8 × 10 5 C. N 2 O 4 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO 2 ( g ) at 400 K 3. 47.9 4. 3 . 6 × 10 – 2 Codes

    Match the Column I with Column II and choose the correct option from the codes given below. Column I (Process) Column II (Conclusion) A. Liquid ⇌ vapour 1. Concentration of solute in solution is constant at a given temperature. B. Solid ⇌ liquild 2. [ Gas ( aq ) ] [ Gas ( s ) ] is – constant at a given temperature. C. Solute ( S ) ⇌ solute ( solution ) 3. P H 2 O constant at given temperature D. Gas ( g ) ⇌ Gas ( aq ) 4. Melting point is fixed at constant pressure. Codes

    A vessel at 1000 K contains CO 2 with a pressure of 0.5 atm. Some of CO 2 is converted into CO on addition of graphite. The value of K at 1000 K, when total pressure equilibrium is 0.8atm will be

    For the following equilibrium, N 2 O 4 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO 2 ( g ) K p is found to be equal to K C . This is attained when

    When hydrochloric acid is added to cobalt nitrate solution at room temperature, the following reaction takes place and the reaction mixture becomes blue. On cooling the mixture it becomes pink. On the basis of this information mark the correct answer Co H 2 O 6 3 + (Pink ) ( aq ) + 4 Cl – ( aq ) ⇌ CoCl 4 2 – (Blue) ( aq ) + 6 H 2 O ( l )

    For the reaction, H 2 ( g ) + I 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 HI ( g ) , the standard free energy is ΔG ° > 0 . The equilibrium constant ( K C ) would be

    On increasing the pressure, in which direction will the gas phase reaction proceed to re-establish equilibrium, is predicted by applying the Le-Chatelier’ s principle. Consider the reaction, N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) Which of the following is correct, if the total pressure at which the equilibrium is established, is increased without changing the temperature?

    Identify correct statements among the following A) A catalyst can influence equilibrium state B) At equilibrium, ∆ G is always zero C) Law of mass action is applicable to physical process only D) When Q c > K c , backward reaction is favoured

    Identify correct statements among the following A) A catalyst cannot influence equilibrium state B) At equilibrium, ∆ o G is always zero C) Law of mass action is applicable to physical process only D) When Q c > K c , backward reaction is favoured

    Molecular hydrogen is obtained from gaseous hydrogen atoms. Favourable conditions for the formation of hydrogen atoms from hydrogen molecule according to Leachatelier’s principle are

    Consider a reversible reaction taking place in a 10 litre closed vessel at 300K, X g ⇌ 2 Z g ; Initially two moles of ‘X’ is present in the vessel. At equilibrium two moles of ‘Z’ is formed. K c for the reaction at 300 K will be

    Consider a reversible reaction taking place in a 10 litre closed vessel at 300K, X g ⇌ 2 Z g ; Initially two moles of ‘X’ is present in the vessel. At equilibrium two moles of ‘Z’ is formed. K c for the reaction at 300 K will be

    Consider the reversible reaction, X 2 g ⇌ 2 X g ; At equilibrium, number of moles of reactants is equal to that of products. Degree of decomposition of X 2 is

    Statement I ; Catalyst in Haber’s process is Platinised asbestos Statement II ; At equilibrium state, number of moles of reactants and products are always equal

    Consider the reversible reaction, A g ⇌ B g + C g ; K c = 1 M at 300K. Value of K p at the same temperature is

    Consider the reversible reaction, AB s ⇌ A g + B g ; K p = 9 atm 2 , Equilibrium pressure would be

    A reversible reaction is one which

    The equilibrium constant K c for the reaction P 4 ( g ) ⇌ 2 P 2 ( g ) is 1.4 at 400 o c. Suppose that 3 moles of P 4 (g) and 2 moles of P 2 (g) are mixed in 2 liter container at 400 o c. What is the value of reaction quotient (Q c )?

    In a chemical reaction equilibrium is established when

    For the reaction A ( g ) + 3 B ( g ) ⇌ 2 C ( g ) at 27 ° C , 2 moles of A, 4 moles of B and 6 moles of C are present in 2 litre vessel. If K c for the reaction is 1.2, the reaction will proceed in :

    For a reversible gaseous reaction N 2 + 3 H 2 ⇌ 2 NH 3 at equilibrium, if some moles of H 2 are replaced by same number of moles of T 2 (T is tritium, isotope of H and assume isotopes do not have different chemical properties) without affecting other parameters, then :

    For the synthesis of ammonia by the reaction N 2 + 3 H 2 ⇌ 2 NH 3 in the Haber’s process, the attainment of equilibrium is correctly predicted by the curve

    Attainment of the equilibrium A ( g ) ⇌ 2 C ( g ) + B ( g ) gave the following graph. Find the correct option.(% dissociation = fraction dissociated x 100)

    What is the equilibrium expression for the reaction P 4 ( s ) + 5 O 2 ( g ) ⇌ P 4 O 10 ( s )

    . At 527 o c, the reaction given below has K c =4 NH 3 ( g ) ⇌ 1 2 N 2 ( g ) + 3 2 H 2 ( g ) What is the K p ( for the reaction? N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g )

    The equilibrium constant for the reaction N 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO ( g ) at temperature (T) is 4 × 10 – 4 The value of K. for the reaction NO ( g ) ⇌ 1 2 N 2 ( g ) + 1 2 O 2 ( g ) at the same temperature is

    The equilibrium constant K p for the following reaction at 191 o C is 1.24. what is K c .? B ( s ) + 3 2 F 2 ( g ) ⇌ BF 3 ( g )

    For the equilibrium SO 2 Cl 2 ( g ) ⇌ SO 2 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) what is the temperature at which K p ( atm ) K c ( M ) = 3 ?

    For tie reversible reaction, N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) at 500 o C the value of K p is 1 . 44 × 10 – 5 when partial pressure is measured in atmospheres. The corresponding value of K c with concentration in mole litre -1 , is :

    The equilibrium constant for the reaction N 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO ( g ) is 4 × 10 – 4 at 2OOK. In presence of a catalyst, equilibrium is attained ten times faster. Therefore, the equilibrium constant in presence of the catalyst at 200 K is :

    For the reaction H 2 ( g ) + I 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 HI ( g ) the equilibrium constant changes with :

    Consider the reactions (i) 2 CO ( g ) + 2 H 2 O ( g ) ⇌ 2 CO 2 ( g ) + 2 H 2 ( g ) ; Eqm. Constant = K 1 (ii) CH 4 ( g ) + H 2 O ( g ) ⇌ CO ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ; Eqm. Constant = K 2 (iii) CH 4 ( g ) + 2 H 2 O ( g ) ⇌ CO 2 ( g ) + 4 H 2 ( g ) ; Eqm. Constant = K 3 Which of the following relation is correct?

    The equilibrium constant (K. c ) for the reaction 2 HCl ( g ) ⇌ H 2 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) is 4 × 10 – 34 at 25 ° C . What is the equilibrium constant for the reaction? 1 2 H 2 ( g ) + 1 2 Cl 2 ( g ) ⇌ HCl ( g )

    In the reaction X ( g ) + Y ( g ) ⇌ 2 Z ( g ) 2 mole of X, 1 mole of y and 1 mole of Z are placed in a 10 liter vessel and allowed to reach equilibrium. If final concentration of Z is 0.2 M, then K c for the given reaction is :

    9.2 grams of N 2 O 4 ( g ) is taken in a closed one liter vessel and heated till the following equilibrium is reached N 2 O 4 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO 2 ( g ) At equilibrium, 50 % N 2 O 4 ( g ) is dissociated. What is the equilibrium constant (in mol litre -1 ) (molecular weight of N 2 O 4 = 92

    Two moles of NH 3 when put into a previously evacuated vessel (one liter), partially dissociated into N 2 and H 2. If at equilibrium one mole of NH 3 , is Present, the equilibrium constant is :

    In the presence of excess of anhydrous SrCl 2 , the amount of water taken Up is governed by K p = 10 12 atm – 4 for the following reaction at 273 K SrCl 2 · 2 H 2 O ( s ) + 4 H 2 O ( g ) ⇌ SrCl 2 · 6 H 2 O ( s ) what is equilibrium vapour pressure (in torr) of water in a closed vessel that contains SrCl 2 · 2 H 2 O ( s ) ?

    CuSO 4 · 5 H 2 O ( s ) ⇌ CuSO 4 · 3 H 2 O ( s ) + 2 H 2 O ( g ) ; K p = 4 × 10 – 4 atm 2 If the vapour pressure of water is 38 torr then percentage of relative humidity is : (Assume all data at constant temperature)

    NH 4 HS ( s ) ⇌ NH 3 ( g ) + H 2 S ( g ) the equilibrium Pressure at 25 o C is 0.660 atm. what is K p for the reaction?

    At 87 ∘ C the following equilibrium is established. H 2 ( g ) + S ( s ) ⇌ H 2 S ( g ) ; K c = 0 .08 If 0.3 mole hydrogen and 2 mole sulphur are heated to 87 o C in a 2 L vessel, what will be the concentration of H 2 S at equilibrium?

    A + B ⇌ C + D If initially the concentration of A and B are both equal but at equilibrium concentration of D will be twice of that of A then what will be the equilibrium constant of reaction ?

    The equilibrium constant K c for the reaction SO 2 ( g ) + NO 2 ( g ) ⇌ SO 3 ( g ) + NO ( g ) is 16 . If 1 mole of each of all the four gases is taken in 1dm 3 vessel, the equilibrium concentration of NO would be :

    A catalyst increases the rate of a reaction by :

    At 273 K and 1atm, 10 liter of N 2 O 4 decomposes to NO 2 , according to equation N 2 O 4 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO 2 ( g ) what is degree of dissociation (alpha) when the original volume is 25% less than that of existing volume?

    At certain temperature compound.AB 2 (g) dissociates according to the reaction 2 AB 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 AB ( g ) + B 2 ( g ) With degree of dissociation α , which is small compared with unity. The expression of K p in terms of α and initial pressure P is :

    The equilibrium constant k p for the reaction H 2 ( g ) + CO 2 ( g ) ⇌ H 2 O ( g ) + CO ( g ) is 4.0 at 1660 o c. Initially 0.80 mole H 2 , and 0.80 mole CO 2 , are injected into a 5.0 liter flask. What is the equilibrium concentration of CO 2 ( g ) ?

    A nitrogen-hydrogen mixture initially in the molar ratio of 1 : 3 reached equilibrium to form ammonia when 25% of the N, and H, had reacted. If the total pressure of the system was 21atm, the partial pressure of ammonia at the equilibrium was

    Ammonia under a pressure of 15atm at 27 o C is heated to 347 o C in a closed vessel in the presence of a catalyst. Under the conditions, NH 3 is partially decomposed according to the equation, 2 NH 3 ⇌ N 2 + 3 H 2 the vessel is such that the volume remains effectively constant where as pressure increases to 50 atm. Calculate the percentage of NH 3 . actually decomposed :

    N 2 ( g ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NH 3 ( g ) For the reaction initially the mole ratio was 1 : 3 of N 2 , : H 2 . At equilibrium 50% of each has reacted. If the equilibrium pressure is -Q the partial pressure of NH 3 , at equilibrium is

    For the reaction H 2 ( g ) + CO 2 ( g ) ⇌ CO ( g ) + H 2 O ( g ) If the initial concenffation of H 2 = CO 2 = 1 M and x moles,/litre of hydrogen is consumed at equilibrium, the correct expression of K p is

    2.0 mole of PCl 5 were introduced in a vessel of 5.0 L capacity of a particular temperature. At equilibrium, PCl 5 was found to be 35% dissociated into PCl 3 and Cl 2 The value of K c for the reaction PCl 3 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) ⇌ PCl 5 ( g )

    At 27 o and 1atm pressure, N 2 O 4 is 20 % dissociation into NO 2 What is the density of equilibrium mixture of N 2 O 4 and NO 2 at 27 ∘ C at 27 o ‘C and 1atm?

    COCI 2 gas dissociates according to the equation, COCl 2 ( g ) ⇌ CO ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) when heated to 700 K the density of the gas mixture at 1.16atm and at equilibrium is 1.16 g/liter. The degree of dissociation of COCl 2 at 700 K is.

    The degree of dissociation of l 2 molecule of 1000 o C and under atmospheric pressure is 40% by volume. If the dissociation is reduced to 20% at the same temp. total equilibrium pressure on the gas is :

    Determine the value of equilibrium constant (K c ) for the reaction A 2 ( g ) + B 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 AB ( g ) If 10 moles of A; 15 moles of B, and 5 moles of, AB are placed in a 2 liter vessel and allowed to come to equilibrium. The final concentration of AB is 7.5 M

    At 87 ∘ C following equilibrium is established H 2 ( g ) + S ( s ) ⇌ H 2 S ( g ) ; K p = 7 × 10 − 2 If 0.50 mole of hydrogen and 1.0 mole of sulphur are heated to 87 o C in 1.0 L vessel, what will be the partial pressure of H 2 S at equilibrium?

    For the reaction SnO 2 ( s ) + 2 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 H 2 O ( g ) + Sn ( l ) calculate K p at at 900 K where the equilibrium steam-hydrogen mixture was 45% H 2 by volume

    Fe 2 O 3 ( s ) may be converted to Fe by the reaction Fe 2 O 3 ( s ) + 3 H 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 Fe ( s ) + 3 H 2 O ( g ) for which K c = 8 at temp. 720 o C What percentage of the H 2 remains unreacted after the reaction has come to equilibrium?

    AB 3 (g) is dissociates as AB 3 ( g ) ⇌ AB 2 ( g ) + 1 2 B 2 ( g ) ,when the initial pressure of ,AB 2 , is 800 torr and the total pressure developed at equilibrium is 900 torr. ‘what fraction of AB 3 (g) is dissociated?

    At 1000 K, a sample of pure NO, gas decomposes as : 2 NO 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) The equilibrium constant K p is 156.25 atm. Analysis shows that the partial pressure of O 2 is 0.25atm at equilibrium. The partial pressure of NO 2 , at equilibrium is :

    Pure nitrosyl chloride (NOCI) gas was heated to 240 o C in a 1.0 L container. At equilibrium the total pressure was 1.0atm and the NOCI pressure was 0.64 atm. What would be the value of K p ?

    For the dissociation reaction N 2 O 4 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO 2 ( g ) , the degree of dissociation ( α ) in terms of K p and total equilibrium pressure P is :

    For the reaction (I) and (II) ( I ) A ( g ) ⇌ B ( g ) + C ( g ) ; ( II ) X ( g ) ⇌ 2 Y ( g ) Given, K P I : K P II = 9 : 1 If the degree of dissociation of A(g) and X(g) be same then the total pressure at equilibrium (I) and (II) are in the ratio :

    Consider the following reactions. In which cases is product formation favoured by decreased temperature? (1) N 2 ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 NO ( g ) ; ΔH ∘ = 181 kJ (2) 2 CO 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 CO ( g ) + O 2 ( g ) ; ΔH ∘ = 566 kJ (3) H 2 ( g ) + Cl 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 HCl ( g ) ; ΔH ∘ = − 9 .4 kJ (4) H 2 ( g ) + F 2 ( g ) ⇌ 2 HF ( g ) ; ΔH ∘ = − 541 kJ

    The conversion of ozone into oxygen is exothermic. Under what conditions is ozone the most stable? 2 O 3 ( g ) ⇌ 3 O 2 ( g )

    A schematic plot of ln K eq versus inverse of temperature for a reaction is shown below the reaction must be :

    The most stable oxides of nitrogen will be :

    For the equilibrium CO (g) + 3 H 2(g) ⇌ CH 4(g) + H 2 O (g) , K c = 0.176 at 1500 0 C. The value of K p at 1500 0 C is

    Chat on WhatsApp Call Infinity Learn